كتاب إقامة الصلاة والسنة فيها
5
Establishing the Prayer and the Sunnah Regarding Them
(1)
Chapter: The opening of the Prayer
(1)
باب افْتِتَاحِ الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 803
Muhammad
bin ‘Amr bin ‘Ata’ said:
“I heard Abu Humaid As-Sa’idi say:
‘When the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) stood up for prayer, he would
face
the prayer direction, raise his hands, and say: “Allahu Akbar
(Allah
is Most Great).”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الطَّنَافِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيَّ، يَقُولُ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ اسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ وَقَالَ
" اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 803 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 1 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 803 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 804
It was
narrated that Abu Sa’eed Al-Khudri said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) used to start his prayer by saying: ‘Subhanaka Allahumma
wa
bi hamdika, wa tabarakas-muka, wa ta’ala jadduka, wa la ilaha
ghairuka (Glory and praise be to You, O Allah, blessed be Your Name
and exalted be Your majesty, none has the right to be worshipped but
you).”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ، حَدَّثَنِي جَعْفَرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الضُّبَعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الرِّفَاعِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُتَوَكِّلِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَسْتَفْتِحُ صَلاَتَهُ يَقُولُ
" سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ وَتَبَارَكَ اسْمُكَ وَتَعَالَى جَدُّكَ وَلاَ إِلَهَ غَيْرُكَ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 804 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 2 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 804 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 805
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“When the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
said the Takbir (Allah Akbar), he would remain silent between
the
Takbir and the recitation. I said: ‘May my father and mother be
ransomed for you! I noticed that you are silent between the Takbir
and
the recitation; please tell me what you say then.’ He said: ‘I
say:
‘Allahumma ba’id baini wa baina khatayaya kama ba’adta
bainal-mashriqi
wal-maghrib; Allahumma naqqini min khatayay
kath-thawbil abyad minad-
danas; Allahummaghsilni min khatayaya
bil-ma’i waththalji wal-barad (O
Allah, distance me from my sins as
You have distanced the east from
the west; O Allah purify me of my
sins as a white garment is purified
of dirt; O Allah, cleanse me of
my sins with water and snow and
hail).”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ الْقَعْقَاعِ، عَنْ أَبِي زُرْعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا كَبَّرَ سَكَتَ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالْقِرَاءَةِ . قَالَ فَقُلْتُ بِأَبِي أَنْتَ وَأُمِّي أَرَأَيْتَ سُكُوتَكَ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالْقِرَاءَةِ فَأَخْبِرْنِي مَا تَقُولُ قَالَ
" أَقُولُ اللَّهُمَّ بَاعِدْ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ خَطَايَاىَ كَمَا بَاعَدْتَ بَيْنَ الْمَشْرِقِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ اللَّهُمَّ نَقِّنِي مِنْ خَطَايَاىَ كَالثَّوْبِ الأَبْيَضِ مِنَ الدَّنَسِ اللَّهُمَّ اغْسِلْنِي مِنْ خَطَايَاىَ بِالْمَاءِ وَالثَّلْجِ وَالْبَرَدِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 805 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 3 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 805 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 806
It was
narrated from ‘Aishah that when the Prophet (ﷺ) started
Salat he
would say:
“Subhanak Allahumma wa bi hamdika, wa tabarakas-
muka wa
ta’ala jadduka, wa la ilaha ghayruk (Glory and praise is to
You, O
Allah, blessed is Your Name and exalted is Your majesty, none
has the
right to be worshipped but You).”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عِمْرَانَ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَارِثَةُ بْنُ أَبِي الرِّجَالِ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلاَةَ قَالَ
" سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ تَبَارَكَ اسْمُكَ وَتَعَالَى جَدُّكَ وَلاَ إِلَهَ غَيْرُكَ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 806 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 4 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 806 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(2)
Chapter: Seeking refuge during the Prayer
(2)
باب الاِسْتِعَاذَةِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 807
It was
narrated from Ibn Jubair bin Mut’im that his father said:
“I
saw
the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) when he started the prayer. He said:
‘Allahu Akbaru kabiran, Allahu Akbaru kabiran (Allah is the Most
Great
indeed),’ three times; ‘Al-hamdu Lillahi kathiran, al-hamdu
Lillahi
kathiran (Much praise is to Allah),’ three times; ‘Subhan
Allahi
bukratan wa asilan (Glory is to Allah morning and evening),’
three
times; ‘Allahumma inni a’udhu bika minash-Shaitanir-rajim,
min hamzihi
wa nafkhihi wa nafthihi (O Allah, I seek refuge in You
from the
accursed Satan, from his madness, his poetry, and his
pride).”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ الْعَنَزِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ حِينَ دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ قَالَ
" اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا - ثَلاَثًا - الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كَثِيرًا الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كَثِيرًا - ثَلاَثًا - سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ بُكْرَةً وَأَصِيلاً - ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ - اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ الرَّجِيمِ مِنْ هَمْزِهِ وَنَفْخِهِ وَنَفْثِهِ " . قَالَ عَمْرٌو هَمْزُهُ الْمُوتَةُ وَنَفْثُهُ الشِّعْرُ وَنَفْخُهُ الْكِبْرُ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 807 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 5 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 807 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 808
It was
narrated from Ibn Mas’ud that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“Allahumma
inni a’udhu bika minash-Shaitanir-rajim, wa hamzihi wa
nafkhihi wa
nafthihi (O Allah, I seek refuge in You from the accursed
Satan, from
his madness, his pride, and his poetry).”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَطَاءُ بْنُ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ السُّلَمِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ الرَّجِيمِ وَهَمْزِهِ وَنَفْخِهِ وَنَفْثِهِ " . قَالَ هَمْزُهُ الْمُوتَةُ وَنَفْثُهُ الشِّعْرُ وَنَفْخُهُ الْكِبْرُ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 808 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 6 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 808 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(3)
Chapter: Placing the right hand on the left during Prayer
(3)
باب وَضْعِ الْيَمِينِ عَلَى الشِّمَالِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 809
It was
narrated from Qabisah bin Hulb that his father said:
“The
Prophet
(ﷺ) used to lead us in prayer, and he would take hold of his
left
hand with his right.”
حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ قَبِيصَةَ بْنِ هُلْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَؤُمُّنَا فَيَأْخُذُ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 809 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 7 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 809 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 810
It was
narrated that Wa’il bin Hujr said:
“I saw the Prophet (ﷺ)
performing prayer, and he took hold of his left hand with his right.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الضَّرِيرُ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي فَأَخَذَ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 810 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 8 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 810 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 811
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah bin Mas’ud said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ)
passed by me, and I was putting my left hand on my right. He took
hold
of my right hand and put it on my left.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ الْهَرَوِيُّ، إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حَاتِمٍ أَنْبَأَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، أَنْبَأَنَا الْحَجَّاجُ بْنُ أَبِي زَيْنَبَ السُّلَمِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ النَّهْدِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ مَرَّ بِي النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ وَأَنَا وَاضِعٌ يَدِي الْيُسْرَى عَلَى الْيُمْنَى فَأَخَذَ بِيَدِي الْيُمْنَى فَوَضَعَهَا عَلَى الْيُسْرَى .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 811 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 9 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 811 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(4)
Chapter: Starting the recitation
(4)
باب افْتِتَاحِ الْقِرَاءَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 812
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), Abu
Bakr, ‘Umar and ‘Uthman used to start their recitation with “All
praises and thanks are to Allah, the Lord of all that exists.
(Al-
hamdu Lillahi Rabbil-‘Alamin).’” [1:2]
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ بُدَيْلِ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَفْتَتِحُ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِـ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ }
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 812 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 10 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 812 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 813
It was
narrated that Anas bin Malik said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ),
Abu Bakr and ‘Umar used to start their recitation with ‘All the
praises and thanks are to Allah, the Lord of all that exists
(Al-hamdu
Lillahi Rabbil-‘Alamin).” [1:2]
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا جُبَارَةُ بْنُ الْمُغَلِّسِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ يَفْتَتِحُونَ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِـ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ}
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 813 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 11 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 813 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 814
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) used to
start his
recitation with ‘All the praises and thanks are to Allah,
the Lord
of all that exists’ (Al-hamdu Lillahi Rabbil-‘Alamin),’ [1:2]
حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ، وَبَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ، وَعُقْبَةُ بْنُ مُكْرَمٍ، قَالُوا حَدَّثَنَا صَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ عَمِّ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَفْتَتِحُ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِـ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ} .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 814 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 12 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 814 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 815
Ibn
‘Abdullah bin Mughaffal narrated from his father and he said:
“I
have rarely seen a man for whom innovation in Islam was harder to
bear
than him. He heard me reciting: ‘In the Name of Allah, the
Most
Gracious, the Most Merciful’ Bismillahir-Rahmanir-Rahim [1:1]
and he
said: ‘O my son, beware of innovation, for I prayed with the
Messenger
of Allah (ﷺ), and with Abu Bakr, and with ‘Umar, and
with ‘Uthman,
and I never heard any of them saying this. When you
(begin to) recite,
say: ‘All the praises and thanks are to Allah,
the Lord of all that
exists.’ (Al-hamdu Lillahi Rabbil-‘Alamin).’”
[1:2]
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنِ الْجُرَيْرِيِّ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ عَبَايَةَ، حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُغَفَّلِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ وَقَلَّمَا رَأَيْتُ رَجُلاً أَشَدَّ عَلَيْهِ فِي الإِسْلاَمِ حَدَثًا مِنْهُ فَسَمِعَنِي وَأَنَا أَقْرَأُ {بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ} فَقَالَ أَىْ بُنَىَّ إِيَّاكَ وَالْحَدَثَ فَإِنِّي صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ وَمَعَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ وَمَعَ عُمَرَ وَمَعَ عُثْمَانَ فَلَمْ أَسْمَعْ رَجُلاً مِنْهُمْ يَقُولُهُ فَإِذَا قَرَأْتَ فَقُلِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ} .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 815 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 13 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 815 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(5)
Chapter: Recitation of the Fajr Prayer
(5)
باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 816
It was
narrated from Qutbah bin Malik that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ)
recite:
“And tall date palms, with ranged clusters” [50:10] in
the
Subh.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، وَسُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ عِلاَقَةَ، عَنْ قُطْبَةَ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، سَمِعَ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ فِي الصُّبْحِ {وَالنَّخْلَ بَاسِقَاتٍ لَهَا طَلْعٌ نَضِيدٌ } .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 816 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 14 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 816 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 817
It was
narrated that ‘Amr bin Huraith said:
“I performed prayer with
the
Prophet (ﷺ) when he was reciting in the Fajr, and it is as if I
can
hear him reciting: ‘So verily, I swear by the planets that recede.
And by the planets that move swiftly and hide themselves.’”[81:15-16]
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنْ أَصْبَغَ، مَوْلَى عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، قَالَ صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَكَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْفَجْرِ فَكَأَنِّي أَسْمَعُ قِرَاءَتَهُ {فَلاَ أُقْسِمُ بِالْخُنَّسِ الْجَوَارِ الْكُنَّسِ} .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 817 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 15 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 817 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 818
It was
narrated from Abu Barzah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
used to
recite between sixty and one hundred (Verses) in Fajr prayer.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ الْعَوَّامِ، عَنْ عَوْفٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمِنْهَالِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَرْزَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا سُوَيْدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، حَدَّثَهُ أَبُو الْمِنْهَالِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَرْزَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْفَجْرِ مَا بَيْنَ السِّتِّينَ إِلَى الْمِائَةِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 818 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 16 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 818 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 819
It was
narrated that Abu Qatadah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
used
to lead us in prayer, and he would lengthen the first Rak’ah of
the
Zuhr and shorten the second Rak’ah, and he would do likewise in
the
Subh.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بِشْرٍ، بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ حَجَّاجٍ الصَّوَّافِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، وَعَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي بِنَا فَيُطِيلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ وَيُقْصِرُ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ وَكَذَلِكَ فِي الصُّبْحِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 819 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 17 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 819 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 820
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah bin Sa’ib said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) recited Al-Mu’minun [Al-Mu’minun 23] in the Subh prayer,
and when he came to the mention of ‘Eisa, he was overcome with a
cough, so he bowed in Ruku’.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، قَالَ قَرَأَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ بـ {الْمُؤْمِنُونَ} فَلَمَّا أَتَى عَلَى ذِكْرِ عِيسَى أَصَابَتْهُ شَرْقَةٌ فَرَكَعَ . يَعْنِي سَعْلَةً .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 820 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 18 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 820 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(6)
Chapter: The recitation in the Fajr Prayer on Fridays
(6)
باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 821
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“For the Subh prayer on
Fridays,
the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to recite ‘Alif-Lam-Mim.
The
revelation...’ [32:1] and ‘Has there not been over man...’”
[76:1]
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلاَّدٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ مُخَوَّلٍ، عَنْ مُسْلِمٍ الْبَطِينِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ {الم * تَنْزِيلُ } وَ {هَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الإِنْسَانِ}
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 821 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 19 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 821 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 822
It was
narrated from Mus’ab bin Sa’d that his father said:
“For the
Fajr prayer on Fridays, the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to recite
‘Alif-Lam-Mim. The revelation...’ [32:1] and ‘Has there not
been over
man...’” [76:1]
حَدَّثَنَا أَزْهَرُ بْنُ مَرْوَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَارِثُ بْنُ نَبْهَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ بَهْدَلَةَ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ {الم * تَنْزِيلُ} وَ {هَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الإِنْسَانِ}
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 822 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 20 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 822 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 823
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that for the Subh prayer on
Fridays, the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to recite ‘Alif-Lam-Mim’.
The
revelation...’[32:1] and ‘Has there not been over man...”
[76:1]
حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ {الم * تَنْزِيلُ} وَ {هَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الإِنْسَانِ}
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 823 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 21 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 823 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 824
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin Mas’ud that for the Subh prayer on
Fridays, the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to recite “Alif-Lam-Mim.
The revelation...” [32:1] and “Has there not been over man..”
[76:1]
حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، أَنْبَأَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ أَبِي قَيْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي فَرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ {الم * تَنْزِيلُ} وَ {هَلَ أَتَى عَلَى الإِنْسَانِ} . قَالَ إِسْحَاقُ هَكَذَا حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرٌو عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ لاَ أَشُكُّ فِيهِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 824 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 22 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 824 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(7)
Chapter: The recitation for the Zuhr and the ‘Asr
(7)
باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 825
It was
narrated that Qaza’ah said:
“I asked Abu Sa’eed Al-Khudri
about
the prayer of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He said: ‘There is
nothing good in that for you.’* I said: ‘Explain it, may Allah
have
mercy on you.’ He said: ‘The Iqamah would be given for the
Zuhr prayer
for the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), then one of us would go
out to Al-
Baqi’, relieve himself, then come back and perform
ablution, and he
would find the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) still in the
first Rak’ah of
Zuhr.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا رَبِيعَةُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ قَزَعَةَ، قَالَ سَأَلْتُ أَبَا سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيَّ عَنْ صَلاَةِ، رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَقَالَ لَيْسَ لَكَ فِي ذَلِكَ خَيْرٌ . قُلْتُ بَيِّنْ رَحِمَكَ اللَّهُ . قَالَ كَانَتِ الصَّلاَةُ تُقَامُ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ الظُّهْرَ فَيَخْرُجُ أَحَدُنَا إِلَى الْبَقِيعِ فَيَقْضِي حَاجَتَهُ وَيَجِيءُ فَيَتَوَضَّأُ فَيَجِدُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 825 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 23 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 825 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 826
It was
narrated that Abu Ma’mar said:
“I said to Khabbab: ‘How did
you
recognize that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) was reciting in the
Zuhr
and the ‘Asr?’ He said: ‘From the movement of his beard.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ قُلْتُ لِخَبَّابٍ بِأَىِّ شَىْءٍ كُنْتُمْ تَعْرِفُونَ قِرَاءَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ قَالَ بِاضْطِرَابِ لِحْيَتِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 826 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 24 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 826 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 827
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“I have never seen anyone
whose
prayer more closely resembles that of the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
than so-and-so. He used to lengthen the first two Rak’ah of the
Zuhr and shorten the last two Rak’ah, and he used to shorten the
‘Asr.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ الْحَنَفِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنِي بُكَيْرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الأَشَجِّ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ مَا رَأَيْتُ أَحَدًا أَشْبَهَ صَلاَةً بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ مِنْ فُلاَنٍ . قَالَ وَكَانَ يُطِيلُ الأُولَيَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ وَيُخَفِّفُ الأُخْرَيَيْنِ وَيُخَفِّفُ الْعَصْرَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 827 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 25 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 827 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 828
It was
narrated that Abu Sa’eed Al-Khudri said:
“Thirty of the
Companions of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) who had been at Badr came
together and said: ‘Come, let us estimate the length of the
recitation
of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) for the prayer in which
Qur’an is not
recited out aloud.’ No two men among them
disagreed, and they
estimated the length of his recitation in the
first Rak’ah of the Zuhr
to be thirty Verses and in the second
Rak’ah to be half of that. They
estimated his recitation in ‘Asr
to be half of the last two Rak’ah of
Zuhr.”
حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمَسْعُودِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدٌ الْعَمِّيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ اجْتَمَعَ ثَلاَثُونَ بَدْرِيًّا مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَقَالُوا تَعَالَوْا حَتَّى نَقِيسَ قِرَاءَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِيمَا لَمْ يَجْهَرْ فِيهِ مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ . فَمَا اخْتَلَفَ مِنْهُمْ رَجُلاَنِ فَقَاسُوا قِرَاءَتَهُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ بِقَدْرِ ثَلاَثِينَ آيَةً وَفِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُخْرَى قَدْرَ النِّصْفِ مِنْ ذَلِكَ وَقَاسُوا ذَلِكَ فِي صَلاَةِ الْعَصْرِ عَلَى قَدْرِ النِّصْفِ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُخْرَيَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 828 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 26 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 828 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(8)
Chapter: Occasionally reciting a verse aloud for Zuhr and ‘Asr Prayers
(8)
باب الْجَهْرِ بِالآيَةِ أَحْيَانًا فِي صَلاَةِ الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 829
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin Abu Qatadah that his father said:
“The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to recite when leading us in the
first
two Rak’ah of the Zuhr prayer, and sometimes he would recite
such
that we could hear the Verse.”
حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الصَّوَّافُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ الدَّسْتَوَائِيُّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ بِنَا فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُولَيَيْنِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ الظُّهْرِ وَيُسْمِعُنَا الآيَةَ أَحْيَانًا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 829 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 27 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 829 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 830
It was
narrated that Bara’ bin ‘Azib said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) used to lead us for the Zuhr, and we would hear him reciting a
Verse after the Verses from Surat Luqman (31) and Adh-Dhariyat (51).”
حَدَّثَنَا عُقْبَةُ بْنُ مُكْرَمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سَلْمُ بْنُ قُتَيْبَةَ، عَنْ هَاشِمِ بْنِ الْبَرِيدِ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي بِنَا الظُّهْرَ فَنَسْمَعُ مِنْهُ الآيَةَ بَعْدَ الآيَاتِ مِنْ سُورَةِ لُقْمَانَ وَالذَّارِيَاتِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 830 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 28 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 830 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(9)
Chapter: The recitation for the Maghrib Prayer
(9)
باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي صَلاَةِ الْمَغْرِبِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 831
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said, narrating from his mother (one
of
the narrators) Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah said:
“(She was) Lubabah”
that she heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) reciting ‘By the winds
sent forth one after another...’[Al-Mursalat (77)] in the Maghrib.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، - قَالَ أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ هِيَ لُبَابَةُ - أَنَّهَا سَمِعَتْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ بِالْمُرْسَلاَتِ عُرْفًا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 831 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 29 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 831 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 832
It was
narrated from Muhammad bin Jubair bin Mut’im that his father
said:
“I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) reciting At-Tur (52) in the Maghrib.”
In a different narration, Jubair said: “And when I heard him
recite:
‘Were they created by nothing? Or were they themselves the
creators?’
up to: ‘Then let their listener produce some manifest
proof’,[52:35-38] it was as if my heart were about to take flight.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ بِالطُّورِ . قَالَ جُبَيْرٌ فِي غَيْرِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ فَلَمَّا سَمِعْتُهُ يَقْرَأُ {أَمْ خُلِقُوا مِنْ غَيْرِ شَىْءٍ أَمْ هُمُ الْخَالِقُونَ} إِلَى قَوْلِهِ {فَلْيَأْتِ مُسْتَمِعُهُمْ بِسُلْطَانٍ مُبِينٍ } كَادَ قَلْبِي يَطِيرُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 832 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 30 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 832 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 833
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) used to
recite
in the Maghrib: ‘Say: O you disbelievers!’[Al-Kafirun (109)]
and
‘Say: He is Allah, (the) One.’”[Al-Ikhlas (112)]
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ بُدَيْلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ} وَ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ} .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 833 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 31 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 833 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(10)
Chapter: The recitation for the ‘Isha’ Prayer
(10)
باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي صَلاَةِ الْعِشَاءِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 834
It was
narrated from Bara’ bin ‘Azib that he performed the ‘Isha’,
the later, with the Prophet (ﷺ). He said:
“I heard him reciting
‘By
the fig, and the olive’.”[Al-Tin (95)]
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا بْنِ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، جَمِيعًا عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، أَنَّهُ صَلَّى مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ الْعِشَاءَ الآخِرَةَ قَالَ فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقْرَأُ بِالتِّينِ وَالزَّيْتُونِ
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 834 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 32 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 834 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 835
‘Adi
bin Thabit narrated something similar from Bara’ and said:
“I
have never heard any man with a better voice or who recites better
than him.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، جَمِيعًا عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ، مِثْلَهُ . قَالَ فَمَا سَمِعْتُ إِنْسَانًا، أَحْسَنَ صَوْتًا أَوْ قِرَاءَةً مِنْهُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 835 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 33 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 835 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 836
It was
narrated from Jabir that Mu’adh bin Jabal led his companions
for
the ‘Isha’ and he made the prayer too long for them. The Prophet
(ﷺ) said:
“Recite ‘By the sun and its brightness,’[Al-Shams
(91)]
‘Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High,’ [Al-A’la
(87)] ‘By the
night as it envelops,’ [Al-Lail (92)] or, ‘Read!
In the Name of your
Lord Who has created.’” [Al-‘Alaq (96)]
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، أَنَّ مُعَاذَ بْنَ جَبَلٍ، صَلَّى بِأَصْحَابِهِ الْعِشَاءَ فَطَوَّلَ عَلَيْهِمْ فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" اقْرَأْ بِالشَّمْسِ وَضُحَاهَا وَسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى وَاقْرَأْ بِسْمِ رَبِّكَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 836 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 34 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 836 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(11)
Chapter: Reciting behind the Imam
(11)
باب الْقِرَاءَةِ خَلْفَ الإِمَامِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 837
It was
narrated from ‘Ubadah bin Samit that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“There
is no prayer for the one who does not recite Fatihatil-Kitab in
it.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَسَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، وَإِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالُوا حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" لاَ صَلاَةَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِيهَا بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 837 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 35 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 837 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 838
It was
narrated from Abu Sa’ib that he heard Abu Hurairah say:
“The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘Whoever performs a prayer in which
he
does not recite Ummul Qur’an (the Mother of the Qur’an, i.e.,
Al-
Fatihah), it is deficient; not complete.’” I said: ‘O Abu
Hurairah,
sometimes I am behind the Imam. He pressed my forearm and
said: ‘O
Persian! Recite it to yourself.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ الْعَلاَءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَعْقُوبَ، أَنَّ أَبَا السَّائِبِ، أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّهُ، سَمِعَ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ صَلَّى صَلاَةً لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِيهَا بِأُمِّ الْقُرْآنِ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ غَيْرُ تَمَامٍ " . فَقُلْتُ يَا أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ فَإِنِّي أَكُونُ أَحْيَانًا وَرَاءَ الإِمَامِ . فَغَمَزَ ذِرَاعِي وَقَالَ يَا فَارِسِيُّ اقْرَأْ بِهَا فِي نَفْسِكَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 838 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 36 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 838 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 839
It was
narrated that Abu Sa’eed said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘There is no prayer for the one who does not recite in every
Rak’ah: Al-Hamd (Al-Fatihah) and a Surah whether in an obligatory
prayer or another.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْفُضَيْلِ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ، جَمِيعًا عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ السَّعْدِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" لاَ صَلاَةَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ بِـ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ} وَسُورَةٍ فِي فَرِيضَةٍ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 839 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 37 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 839 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 840
It was narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: ‘Every prayer in which the Ummul-Kitab (the Mother of the Book) is not recited is deficient.’”
حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ الْجَزَرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ عَبَّادِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" كُلُّ صَلاَةٍ لاَ يُقْرَأُ فِيهَا بِأُمِّ الْكِتَابِ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 840 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 38 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 840 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 841
It was
narrated that from ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, from his
grandfather, that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“Every prayer
in
which Fatihatil-Kitab (the Opening of the Book) is not recited, it
is
deficient, it is deficient.”
حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السُّكَيْنِ، حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ السَّلْعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنٌ الْمُعَلِّمُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" كُلُّ صَلاَةٍ لاَ يُقْرَأُ فِيهَا بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 841 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 39 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 841 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 842
Abu Idris
Al-Khawlani narrated that a man asked Abu Darda’:
“Should I
recite when the Imam is reciting?” He said: “A man asked the
Prophet
(ﷺ) whether there was recitation in every prayer. The
Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘Yes.’ A man among the people
said: ‘It has become
obligatory.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِدْرِيسَ الْخَوْلاَنِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ، قَالَ سَأَلَهُ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ أَقْرَأُ وَالإِمَامُ يَقْرَأُ قَالَ سَأَلَ رَجُلٌ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَفِي كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ قِرَاءَةٌ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" نَعَمْ " . فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ وَجَبَ هَذَا .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 842 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 40 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 842 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 843
It was
narrated that Jabir bin ‘Abdullah said:
“We used to recite the
Opening of the Book and a Surah behind the Imam in the first two
Rak’ah of the Zuhr and the ‘Asr, and in the last wo Rak’ah (we
would
recite) the Opening of the Book.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ عَامِرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ الْفَقِيرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ كُنَّا نَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ خَلْفَ الإِمَامِ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُولَيَيْنِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ وَسُورَةٍ وَفِي الأُخْرَيَيْنِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 843 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 41 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 843 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(12)
Chapter: The two pauses of the Imam
(12)
باب فِي سَكْتَتَىِ الإِمَامِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 844
It was
narrated that Samurah bin Jundab said:
“There are two pauses
which I memorized from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), but `Imran bin
Husain denied that. We wrote to Ubayy bin Ka`b in Al-Madinah, and
he
wrote that Samurah had indeed memorized them.”
(One of the narrators) Sa`eed said: "We said to Qatadah: 'What are these two pauses?' He said: 'When he started his prayer, and when he finished reciting.'
Then later he said: 'And when he recited: 'Not (the way) of those who earned your anger, nor of those who went astray.' They used to like (for the Imam) when he had finished reciting to remain silent until he had caught his breath.'"
حَدَّثَنَا جَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ جَمِيلٍ الْعَتَكِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، قَالَ سَكْتَتَانِ حَفِظْتُهُمَا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ . فَأَنْكَرَ ذَلِكَ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ الْحُصَيْنِ فَكَتَبْنَا إِلَى أُبَىِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ بِالْمَدِينَةِ فَكَتَبَ أَنَّ سَمُرَةَ قَدْ حَفِظَ . قَالَ سَعِيدٌ فَقُلْنَا لِقَتَادَةَ مَا هَاتَانِ السَّكْتَتَانِ قَالَ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي صَلاَتِهِ وَإِذَا فَرَغَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ . ثُمَّ قَالَ بَعْدُ وَإِذَا قَرَأَ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} . قَالَ وَكَانَ يُعْجِبُهُمْ إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ أَنْ يَسْكُتَ حَتَّى يَتَرَادَّ إِلَيْهِ نَفَسُهُ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 844 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 42 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 844 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 845
Samurah
said:
“I memorized two pauses in the prayer, a pause before
reciting and a pause when bowing. ‘Imran bin Husain denied that, so
they wrote to Al-Madinah, to Ubayy bin Ka’b, and he said that
Samurah
was speaking the truth.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ خَالِدِ بْنِ خِدَاشٍ، وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ الْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ إِشْكَابَ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، قَالَ قَالَ سَمُرَةُ حَفِظْتُ سَكْتَتَيْنِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ سَكْتَةً قَبْلَ الْقِرَاءَةِ وَسَكْتَةً عِنْدَ الرُّكُوعِ . فَأَنْكَرَ ذَلِكَ عَلَيْهِ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ الْحُصَيْنِ فَكَتَبُوا إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ إِلَى أُبَىِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ فَصَدَّقَ سَمُرَةَ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 845 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 43 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 845 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(13)
Chapter: When the Imam is reciting, then listen attentively
(13)
باب إِذَا قَرَأَ الإِمَامُ فَأَنْصِتُوا
Sunan Ibn Majah 846
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘The Imam has been appointed to be followed, so when he says
Allahu Akbar, then say Allahu Akbar, when he recites, then listen
attentively; when he says: Not (the way) of those who earned Your
anger, nor of those who went astray,[1:7] then say Amin; when he bows
then bow; when he says Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears
those
who praise Him), then say Allahumma Rabbana wa lakal-hamd (O
Allah,
our Lord, to You is the praise);” when he prostrates then
prostrate;
and if he prays sitting down then all of you pray sitting
down.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الأَحْمَرُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلاَنَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا وَإِذَا قَرَأَ فَأَنْصِتُوا وَإِذَا قَالَ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} فَقُولُوا آمِينَ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا وَإِذَا قَالَ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ . فَقُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا أَجْمَعِينَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 846 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 44 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 846 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 847
It was
narrated that Abu Musa Al-Ash’ari said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) said: ‘When the Imam recites, then listen attentively, and
if
he is sitting (in the prayer) then the first remembrance that
anyone
of you recites should be the Tashahhud.’”
حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْقَطَّانُ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي غَلاَّبٍ، عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الرَّقَاشِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى الأَشْعَرِيِّ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا قَرَأَ الإِمَامُ فَأَنْصِتُوا فَإِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ فَلْيَكُنْ أَوَّلَ ذِكْرِ أَحَدِكُمُ التَّشَهُّدُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 847 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 45 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 847 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 848
It was
narrated that Ibn Ukaimah said:
“I heard Abu Hurairah say:
‘The
Prophet (ﷺ) led his Companions in a prayer; we think it was the
Subh. He said: “Did anyone among you recite?” A man said: “I
did.” He
said: “I was saying to myself, what is wrong with me
that someone is
fighting to wrest the Qur’an from me?”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ أُكَيْمَةَ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ بِأَصْحَابِهِ صَلاَةً نَظُنُّ أَنَّهَا الصُّبْحُ فَقَالَ " هَلْ قَرَأَ مِنْكُمْ مِنْ أَحَدٍ " . قَالَ رَجُلٌ أَنَا . قَالَ " إِنِّي أَقُولُ مَا لِي أُنَازَعُ الْقُرْآنَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 848 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 46 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 848 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 849
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
led
us in prayer,” and he mentioned a similar report, and added to it,
and he said: “And after that they were quiet in the prayers in
which
the Imam recites aloud.”
حَدَّثَنَا جَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ أُكَيْمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ وَزَادَ فِيهِ قَالَ فَسَكَتُوا بَعْدُ فِيمَا جَهَرَ فِيهِ الإِمَامُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 849 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 47 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 849 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 850
It was
narrated that Jabir said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
‘Whoever has an Imam, the recitation of the Imam is his
recitation.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ كَانَ لَهُ إِمَامٌ فَإِنَّ قِرَاءَةَ الإِمَامِ لَهُ قِرَاءَةٌ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 850 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 48 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 850 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(14)
Chapter: Saying Amin aloud
(14)
باب الْجَهْرِ بِآمِينَ
Sunan Ibn Majah 851
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“When the reciter says Amin, then say Amin, for the angels say
Amin,
and if a person’s Amin coincides with the Amin of the angels,
his
previous sins will be forgiven.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا أَمَّنَ الْقَارِئُ فَأَمِّنُوا فَإِنَّ الْمَلاَئِكَةَ تُؤَمِّنُ فَمَنْ وَافَقَ تَأْمِينُهُ تَأْمِينَ الْمَلاَئِكَةِ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 851 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 49 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 851 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 852
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“When the reciter says Amin, then say Amin, for if a person’s
Amin
coincides with the Amin of the angels, his previous sins will be
forgiven.”
حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ، وَجَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ الْمِصْرِيُّ، وَهَاشِمُ بْنُ الْقَاسِمِ الْحَرَّانِيُّ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، جَمِيعًا عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، وَأَبِي، سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا أَمَّنَ الْقَارِئُ فَأَمِّنُوا فَمَنْ وَافَقَ تَأْمِينُهُ تَأْمِينَ الْمَلاَئِكَةِ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 852 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 50 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 852 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 853
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The people stopped saying
Amin,
but when the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said ‘Not (the way) of
those
who earned Your Anger, nor of those who went astray’[1:7] he
would
say Amin, until the people in the first row could hear it, and
the
mosque would shake with it.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا صَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ عَمِّ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ تَرَكَ النَّاسُ التَّأْمِينَ وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا قَالَ " {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} " . قَالَ " آمِينَ " . حَتَّى يَسْمَعَهَا أَهْلُ الصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ فَيَرْتَجُّ بِهَا الْمَسْجِدُ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 853 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 51 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 853 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 854
It was
narrated that ‘Ali said:
“I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
saying ‘Amin’ after he said, ‘nor of those who went
astray.’[1:7]
حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ كُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ حُجَيَّةَ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا قَالَ {وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} قَالَ
" آمِينَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 854 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 52 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 854 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 855
It was
narrated from ‘Abdul-Jabbar bin Wa’il that his father said:
“I
performed prayer with the Prophet (ﷺ) and when he said: ‘Nor of
those who went astray’,[1:7] he said Amin and we heard that from
him.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، وَعَمَّارُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْوَاسِطِيُّ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْجَبَّارِ بْنِ وَائِلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَلَمَّا قَالَ {وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} . قَالَ
" آمِينَ " . فَسَمِعْنَاهَا مِنْهُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 855 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 53 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 855 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 856
It was
narrated from ‘Aishah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“The Jews
do
not envy you for anything more than they envy you for the Salam and
(saying) ‘Amin’.”
حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الصَّمَدِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُهَيْلُ بْنُ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" مَا حَسَدَتْكُمُ الْيَهُودُ عَلَى شَىْءٍ مَا حَسَدَتْكُمْ عَلَى السَّلاَمِ وَالتَّأْمِينِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 856 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 54 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 856 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 857
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“The Jews do not envy you for anything more than they envy you
for
the Salam and (saying) Amin, so say Amin a great deal.”
حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ الْخَلاَّلُ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَبُو مُسْهِرٍ قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ بْنِ صَالِحِ بْنِ صُبَيْحٍ الْمُرِّيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا طَلْحَةُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَا حَسَدَتْكُمُ الْيَهُودُ عَلَى شَىْءٍ مَا حَسَدَتْكُمْ عَلَى آمِينَ فَأَكْثِرُوا مِنْ قَوْلِ آمِينَ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 857 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 55 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 857 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(15)
Chapter: Raising the hands when bowing, and when raising the head from bowing
(15)
باب رَفْعِ الْيَدَيْنِ إِذَا رَكَعَ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 858
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“I saw the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
raising his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders when
he
started the prayer, and when he bowed in Ruku’, and when he raised
his head from Ruku’, but he did not raise them between the two
prostrations.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَأَبُو عُمَرَ الضَّرِيرُ قَالُوا حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلاَةَ، رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ. وَلاَ يَرْفَعُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 858 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 56 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 858 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 859
It was
narrated that Malik bin Huwairith said that when the Messenger
of
Allah (ﷺ) said Allahu Akbar, he would raise his hands until they
were close to his ears; when he bowed in Ruku’ he did likewise, and
when he raised his head from Ruku’ he did likewise.
حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا كَبَّرَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يَجْعَلَهُمَا قَرِيبًا مِنْ أُذُنَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ صَنَعَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، صَنَعَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 859 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 57 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 859 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 860
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“I saw the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) raising his hands during prayer until they were parallel with
his shoulders when he started to pray, when he bowed and when he
prostrated.”
حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ حِينَ يَفْتَتِحُ الصَّلاَةَ، وَحِينَ يَرْكَعُ، وَحِينَ يَسْجُدُ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 860 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 58 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 860 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 861
It was
narrated that ‘Umair bin Habib said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) used to raise his hands at every Takbir (saying Allahu Akbar)
in
the obligatory prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا رِفْدَةُ بْنُ قُضَاعَةَ الْغَسَّانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، عُمَيْرِ بْنِ حَبِيبٍ قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ مَعَ كُلِّ تَكْبِيرَةٍ فِي الصَّلاَةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 861 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 59 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 861 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 862
It was
narrated that Muhammad bin `Amr bin `Ata’ said, concerning Abu
Humaid As-Sa`di:
“I heard him when he was among ten of the
Companions
of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), one of whom was Abu
Qatadah bin
Rib`i, saying: ‘I am the most knowledgeable of you
about the prayer of the Messenger
of Allah (ﷺ). When he stood up for prayer, he
stood up straight and
raised his hands until they were parallel to
his shoulders, then he
said: Allahu Akbar. When he wanted to bow in
Ruku`, he raised his
hands until they were parallel to his
shoulders. When he said Sami`
Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears
those who praise Him), he raised his
hands and stood up straight.
When he stood up after two Rak`ah, he
said Allahu Akbar and raised
his hands until they were parallel to his
shoulders, as he did when
he started the prayer.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُهُ، وَهُوَ فِي عَشَرَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ، أَحَدُهُمْ أَبُو قَتَادَةَ بْنُ رِبْعِيٍّ قَالَ أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ اعْتَدَلَ قَائِمًا، وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ " اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ " . وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ، رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، فَإِذَا قَالَ " سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ " . رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ فَاعْتَدَلَ، فَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الثِّنْتَيْنِ، كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، كَمَا صَنَعَ حِينَ افْتَتَحَ الصَّلاَةَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 862 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 60 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 862 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 863
‘Abbas
bin Sahl As-Sa’di said:
“Abu Humaid, Abu Usaid As-Sa’di, Sahl
bin Sa’d, and Muhammad bin Maslamah came together and spoke about
the
prayer of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). Abu Humaid said: ‘I am
the
most knowledgeable of you about the prayer of the Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ). The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) stood up and said Allahu
Akbar,
and raised his hands, then he raised them when he said Allahu
Akbar
for Ruku’, then he stood up and raised his hands, and stood
straight
until every bone had returned to its place.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا فُلَيْحُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّاسُ بْنُ سَهْلٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ، قَالَ اجْتَمَعَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ وَأَبُو أُسَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ وَسَهْلُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ فَذَكَرُوا صَلاَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَقَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَامَ فَكَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ حِينَ كَبَّرَ لِلرُّكُوعِ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَاسْتَوَى حَتَّى رَجَعَ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 863 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 61 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 863 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 864
It was
narrated that ‘Ali bin Abu Talib said:
“When the Prophet (ﷺ)
stood up to offer a prescribed prayer, he said Allahu Akbar and
raised
his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders. When he
wanted to
bow he did likewise; when he raised his head from bowing he
did
likewise; and when he stood up after the two prostrations he did
likewise.”*
حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَظِيمِ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ أَبُو أَيُّوبَ الْهَاشِمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْفَضْلِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يَكُونَا حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 864 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 62 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 864 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 865
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
used to
raise his hands at every Takbir (saying Allahu Akbar).
حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْهَاشِمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ رِيَاحٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ عِنْدَ كُلِّ تَكْبِيرَةٍ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 865 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 63 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 865 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 866
It was
narrated from Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to
raise
his hands when he entered prayer, and when he bowed in Ruku’.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 866 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 64 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 866 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 867
It was
narrated that Wa’il bin Hujr said:
“I said: ‘I will look at
the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) and see how he performs the prayer.’ He
stood up and faced the Qiblah, and raised his hands until they were
parallel to his ears. When he bowed, he raised them likewise, and
when
he raised his head from Ruku’, he raised them likewise.”
حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الضَّرِيرُ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ قُلْتُ لأَنْظُرَنَّ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَيْفَ يُصَلِّي، فَقَامَ فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى حَاذَتَا أُذُنَيْهِ، فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، فَلَمَّا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 867 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 65 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 867 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 868
It was
narrated from Abu Zubair that Jabir bin ‘Abdullah would raise
his
hands when he began the prayer, and when he bowed, and when he
raised
(his head) from Ruku’ he would do likewise, and he said:
“I saw
the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) doing that.” (One of the narrators)
said:
“Ibrahim bin Tahman (one of the narrators) raised his hands
to his
ears.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حُذَيْفَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ طَهْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، كَانَ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلاَةَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ وَيَقُولُ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ . وَرَفَعَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ طَهْمَانَ يَدَيْهِ إِلَى أُذُنَيْهِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 868 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 66 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 868 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(16)
Chapter: The bowing in Prayer
(16)
باب الرُّكُوعِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 869
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“When the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
bowed, he neither raised his head nor lowered it, rather (he did
something) between that.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ بُدَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا رَكَعَ لَمْ يَشْخَصْ رَأْسَهُ وَلَمْ يُصَوِّبْهُ، وَلَكِنْ بَيْنَ ذَلِكَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 869 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 67 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 869 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 870
It was
narrated that Abu Mas’ud said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘No prayer is acceptable in which a man does not settle his
spine when bowing and when prostrating.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَمْرُو بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" لاَ تُجْزِئُ صَلاَةٌ لاَ يُقِيمُ الرَّجُلُ فِيهَا صُلْبَهُ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 870 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 68 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 870 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 871
It was
narrated that ‘Ali bin Shaiban who was part of a delegation
(to the
Prophet (ﷺ)) said:
“We set out until we came to the
Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ), and we gave him our oath of allegiance and
performed
prayer behind him. He glanced out of the corner of his eye
at a man
who was not settling his spine when he bowed and prostrated.
When the
Prophet (ﷺ) finished the prayer, he said: ‘O Muslims, there
is no
prayer for the one who does not settle his spine when bowing and
prostrating.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُلاَزِمُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَدْرٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، . عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ - وَكَانَ مِنَ الْوَفْدِ - قَالَ خَرَجْنَا حَتَّى قَدِمْنَا عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَبَايَعْنَاهُ وَصَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَهُ فَلَمَحَ بِمُؤْخِرِ عَيْنِهِ رَجُلاً لاَ يُقِيمُ صَلاَتَهُ - يَعْنِي صُلْبَهُ - فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ فَلَمَّا قَضَى النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ الصَّلاَةَ قَالَ
" يَا مَعْشَرَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ لاَ صَلاَةَ لِمَنْ لاَ يُقِيمُ صُلْبَهُ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 871 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 69 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 871 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 872
It was
narrated that Rashid said:
“I heard Wabisah bin Ma’bad saying:
‘I
saw the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) performing prayer, and when he
bowed
he made his back so straight that if water were poured on it, it
would have stayed there.’”
حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يُوسُفَ الْفِرْيَابِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، حَدَّثَنَا طَلْحَةُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ رَاشِدٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ وَابِصَةَ بْنَ مَعْبَدٍ، يَقُولُ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي فَكَانَ إِذَا رَكَعَ سَوَّى ظَهْرَهُ حَتَّى لَوْ صُبَّ عَلَيْهِ الْمَاءُ لاَسْتَقَرَّ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 872 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 70 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 872 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(17)
Chapter: Putting the hands on the knees
(17)
باب وَضْعِ الْيَدَيْنِ عَلَى الرُّكْبَتَيْنِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 873
It was
narrated that Mus’ab bin Sa’d said:
“I bowed (in prayer)
beside
my father, and I put my hands between my knees. He struck my
hand and
said: ‘We used to do that, then we were commanded to put them
on
the knees.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنِ الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ رَكَعْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي فَطَبَّقْتُ فَضَرَبَ يَدِي وَقَالَ قَدْ كُنَّا نَفْعَلُ هَذَا، ثُمَّ أُمِرْنَا أَنْ نَرْفَعَ إِلَى الرُّكَبِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 873 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 71 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 873 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 874
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used
to
bow with his hands on his knees and his upper arms held away from
his
sides.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ حَارِثَةَ بْنِ أَبِي الرِّجَالِ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَرْكَعُ فَيَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَيُجَافِي بِعَضُدَيْهِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 874 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 72 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 874 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(18)
Chapter: What to say when raising the head from bowing
(18)
باب مَا يَقُولُ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 875
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that when the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
said:
“Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears those who praise
Him),” he said: “Rabbana wa lakal-hamd (O our Lord, to You is the
praise).”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَرْوَانَ، مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الْعُثْمَانِيُّ وَيَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، وَأَبِي، سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا قَالَ " سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ " . قَالَ " رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 875 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 73 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 875 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 876
It was
narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“When the Imam says: ‘Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears
those who praise Him),’ say: ‘Rabbana wa lakal-hamd (O our Lord,
to
You is the praise).’”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، . أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا قَالَ الإِمَامُ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ . فَقُولُوا رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 876 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 74 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 876 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 877
It was
narrated from Abu Sa’eed Al-Khudri that he heard the Messenger
of
Allah (ﷺ) say:
“When the Imam says: ‘Sami’ Allahu liman
hamidah
(Allah hears those who praise Him),’ say: ‘Allahumma,
Rabbana wa
lakal-hamd (O Allah! O our Lord! To You is the praise).’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي بُكَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" إِذَا قَالَ الإِمَامُ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ . فَقُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 877 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 75 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 877 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 878
It was
narrated that Ibn Abu Awfa said:
“When the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
raised his head from Ruku’, he said: ‘Sami’ Allahu liman
hamidah, Allahumma, Rabbana lakal-hamd, mil’ as-samawati wa mil’
al-
ard wa mil’ ma shi’ta min shay’in ba’d (Allah hears those
who praise
Him. O Allah! O our Lord, to You is the praise as much as
fills the
heavens, as much as fills the earth and as much as You will
after
that).’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي أَوْفَى، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ قَالَ
" سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَمِلْءَ الأَرْضِ وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَىْءٍ بَعْدُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 878 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 76 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 878 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 879
It was
narrated that Abu ‘Umar said:
“I heard Abu Juhaifah say: Good
fortune was mentioned in the presence of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
while he was performing prayer. A man said: ‘so-and-so’s fortune
is in
horses.’ Another man said: ‘So-and-so’s fortune is in
camels.’ Another
man said: ‘So-and-so’s fortune is in sheep.’
Another man said: ‘So-
and-so’s fortune is in slaves.’ While the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) was
finishing his prayer, he raised his head
at the end of the last Rak’ah
and said: ‘Allahumma Rabbana
lakal-hamd mil’ as-samawati wa mil’ al-
ard wa mil’ ma shi’ta
min shai’in ba’du. Allahumma la mani’ lima
a’taita wa la
mu’ti lima mana’ta, wa la yanfa’u dhal-jaddi minkal-jadd
(Allah
hears those who praise Him. O Allah! O our Lord! To You is the
praise
as much as fills the heavens, as much as fills the earth and as
much
as You will after that. O Allah, there is none who can withhold
what
You give, and none who can give what You withhold, and the good
fortune of any fortunate person is to no avail against You).’ The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) elongated the word Jadd (fortune) so that
they would know that it was not as they had said.”
حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُوسَى السُّدِّيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا جُحَيْفَةَ، يَقُولُ ذُكِرَتِ الْجُدُودُ عِنْدَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ جَدُّ فُلاَنٍ فِي الْخَيْلِ . وَقَالَ آخَرُ جَدُّ فُلاَنٍ فِي الإِبِلِ . وَقَالَ آخَرُ جَدُّ فُلاَنٍ فِي الْغَنَمِ . وَقَالَ آخَرُ جَدُّ فُلاَنٍ فِي الرَّقِيقِ . فَلَمَّا قَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ صَلاَتَهُ وَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنْ آخِرِ الرَّكْعَةِ قَالَ
" اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَمِلْءَ الأَرْضِ وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَىْءٍ بَعْدُ اللَّهُمَّ لاَ مَانِعَ لِمَا أَعْطَيْتَ وَلاَ مُعْطِيَ لِمَا مَنَعْتَ وَلاَ يَنْفَعُ ذَا الْجَدِّ مِنْكَ الْجَدُّ " . وَطَوَّلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ صَوْتَهُ بِالْجَدِّ لِيَعْلَمُوا أَنَّهُ لَيْسَ كَمَا يَقُولُونَ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 879 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 77 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 879 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(19)
Chapter: Prostration
(19)
باب السُّجُودِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 880
It was
narrated from Maimunah that when the Prophet (ﷺ) prostrated,
he
would hold his forearms away from his sides, such that if a lamb
wanted to pass under his arms, it would be able to do so.
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الأَصَمِّ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ، يَزِيدَ بْنِ الأَصَمِّ عَنْ مَيْمُونَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ جَافَى يَدَيْهِ فَلَوْ أَنَّ بَهْمَةً أَرَادَتْ أَنْ تَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ لَمَرَّتْ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 880 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 78 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 880 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 881
It was
narrated from (`Ubaidullah bin `Abdullah) bin Aqram Al-Khuza`i
that his father said:
“I was with my father on the plain in
Namirah,*
when some riders passed us and made their camels kneel down
at the
side of the road. My father said to me: ‘Stay with your
lambs until I
go to those people and see what they want.’ He said:
Then he (my
father) went out and I came, (i.e., I came near,) then
there was the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), and the time for prayer came
so I prayed
with them, and I was looking at the whiteness of the
armpits of the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) every time he prostrated.”
Ibn Majah said: The people say `Ubaidullah bin `Abdullah, but Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah said: "The people say `Abdullah bin `Ubaidullah."
Muhammad bin Bashshar said: "`Abdur-Rahman bin Mahdi, Safwan bin `Eisa and Abu Dawud all said: 'Dawud bin Qais narrated to us, from `Ubaidullah bin `Abdullah bin Aqram, from his father, from the Prophet (ﷺ).'" With similar wording.
Ibn Majah said: The people say `Ubaidullah bin `Abdullah, but Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah said: "The people say `Abdullah bin `Ubaidullah."
Muhammad bin Bashshar said: "`Abdur-Rahman bin Mahdi, Safwan bin `Eisa and Abu Dawud all said: 'Dawud bin Qais narrated to us, from `Ubaidullah bin `Abdullah bin Aqram, from his father, from the Prophet (ﷺ).'" With similar wording.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَقْرَمَ الْخُزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ كُنْتُ مَعَ أَبِي بِالْقَاعِ مِنْ نَمِرَةَ فَمَرَّ بِنَا رَكْبٌ فَأَنَاخُوا بِنَاحِيَةِ الطَّرِيقِ فَقَالَ لِي أَبِي كُنْ فِي بَهْمِكَ حَتَّى آتِيَ هَؤُلاَءِ الْقَوْمَ فَأُسَائِلَهُمْ . قَالَ فَخَرَجَ وَجِئْتُ - يَعْنِي دَنَوْتُ - فَإِذَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَحَضَرْتُ الصَّلاَةَ فَصَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُمْ فَكُنْتُ أَنْظُرُ إِلَى عُفْرَتَىْ إِبْطَىْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كُلَّمَا سَجَدَ.
قَالَ ابْنُ مَاجَهْ النَّاسُ يَقُولُونَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ وَقَالَ أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ يَقُولُ النَّاسُ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، وَصَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى، وَأَبُو دَاوُدَ قَالُوا حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَقْرَمَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ نَحْوَهُ.
قَالَ ابْنُ مَاجَهْ النَّاسُ يَقُولُونَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ وَقَالَ أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ يَقُولُ النَّاسُ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، وَصَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى، وَأَبُو دَاوُدَ قَالُوا حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَقْرَمَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ نَحْوَهُ.
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 881 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 79 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 881 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 882
It was
narrated that Wa’il bin Hujr said:
“I saw the Prophet (ﷺ)
when
he prostrated and put his knees on the ground before his hands,
and
when he stood up after prostrating, he took his hands off the
ground
before his knees.”
حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْخَلاَّلُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَنْبَأَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ قَبْلَ يَدَيْهِ وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 882 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 80 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 882 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 883
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“I have
been commanded to prostrate on seven bones.”
حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الضَّرِيرُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، وَحَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْظُمٍ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 883 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 81 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 883 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 884
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“I have been commanded to prostrate on seven, but not to tuck up
my
hair or my garment.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ابْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعٍ وَلاَ أَكُفَّ شَعَرًا وَلاَ ثَوْبًا " .
قَالَ ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ فَكَانَ أَبِي يَقُولُ الْيَدَيْنِ وَالرُّكْبَتَيْنِ وَالْقَدَمَيْنِ وَكَانَ يَعُدُّ الْجَبْهَةَ وَالأَنْفَ وَاحِدًا .
قَالَ ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ فَكَانَ أَبِي يَقُولُ الْيَدَيْنِ وَالرُّكْبَتَيْنِ وَالْقَدَمَيْنِ وَكَانَ يَعُدُّ الْجَبْهَةَ وَالأَنْفَ وَاحِدًا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 884 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 82 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 884 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 885
It was
narrated from ‘Abbas bin ‘Abdul-Muttalib that he heard the
Prophet (ﷺ) say:
“When a person prostrates, seven parts of his
body
prostrate with him: His face, his two hands, his two knees, and
his
two feet.”
حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْهَادِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ الْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" إِذَا سَجَدَ الْعَبْدُ سَجَدَ مَعَهُ سَبْعَةُ آرَابٍ: وَجْهُهُ وَكَفَّاهُ وَرُكْبَتَاهُ وَقَدَمَاهُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 885 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 83 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 885 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 886
Ahmar,
the Companion of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), narrated to us:
“We
used to feel sorry for the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) because he
took
pains to keep his arms away from his sides when he prostrated.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَرُ، صَاحِبُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ إِنْ كُنَّا لَنَأْوِي لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ مِمَّا يُجَافِي بِيَدَيْهِ عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 886 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 84 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 886 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(20)
Chapter: Tasbih (glorifying Allah) when bowing and prostrating
(20)
باب التَّسْبِيحِ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 887
‘Uqbah
bin ‘Amir Al-Juhani said:
“When the following was revealed:
‘So
glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most Great’,[69:52] the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said to us: ‘Say this in your Ruku’.’
And
when the following was revealed: ‘Glorify the Name of your
Lord, the
Most High.’[87:1] the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said to
us: ‘Say this
in your prostrations.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ رَافِعٍ الْبَجَلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَيُّوبَ الْغَافِقِيِّ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ عَمِّي، إِيَاسَ بْنَ عَامِرٍ يَقُولُ سَمِعْتُ عُقْبَةَ بْنَ عَامِرٍ الْجُهَنِيَّ، يَقُولُ لَمَّا نَزَلَتْ {فَسَبِّحْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ الْعَظِيمِ} قَالَ لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ " اجْعَلُوهَا فِي رُكُوعِكُمْ " . فَلَمَّا نَزَلَتْ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى} قَالَ لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ " اجْعَلُوهَا فِي سُجُودِكُمْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 887 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 85 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 887 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 888
It was
narrated from Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman that he heard the
Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) say when he bowed:
“Subhana Rabbiyal-‘Azim
(Glory is
to my Lord, the Most Great)” three times, and when he
prostrated he
said: “Subhana Rabbiyal-A’la (Glory is to my Lord the
Most High)”
three times.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ الْمِصْرِيُّ، أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الأَزْهَرِ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ الْيَمَانِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ إِذَا رَكَعَ: " سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ " ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ قَالَ: " سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الأَعْلَى " ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 888 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 86 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 888 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 889
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
often
used to say when bowing and prostrating: ‘Subhanak Allahumma wa
bi
hamdika, Allahummaghfir li (Glory be to You, O Allah, and praise; O
Allah forgive me),’ following the command given by the
Qur’an.”[Surat
An-Nasr (110)]
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الضُّحَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُكْثِرُ أَنْ يَقُولَ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ:
" سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ. اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي " . يَتَأَوَّلُ الْقُرْآنَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 889 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 87 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 889 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 890
It was
narrated that Ibn Mas’ud said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘When anyone of you bows, let him say in his bowing: “Subhana
Rabbiyal-‘Azim (Glory is to my Lord, the Most Great)” three
times; if
he does that his bowing will be complete. And when anyone
of you
prostrates, let him say in his prostration, ‘Subhana
Rabbiyal-A’la
(Glory if to my Lord, the Most High)” three times;
if he does that,
his prostration will be complete, and that is the
minimum.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلاَّدٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الْهُذَلِيِّ، عَنْ عَوْنِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا رَكَعَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَقُلْ فِي رُكُوعِهِ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ . ثَلاَثًا فَإِذَا فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ فَقَدْ تَمَّ رُكُوعُهُ وَإِذَا سَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَقُلْ فِي سُجُودِهِ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الأَعْلَى ثَلاَثًا. فَإِذَا فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ فَقَدْ تَمَّ سُجُودُهُ، وَذَلِكَ أَدْنَاهُ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 890 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 88 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 890 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(21)
Chapter: Being balanced during prostration
(21)
باب الاِعْتِدَالِ فِي السُّجُودِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 891
It was
narrated that Jabir said:
The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“When
anyone of you prostrates let him be balanced in prostration, and
not
spread his arms as a dog does.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا سَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَعْتَدِلْ، وَلاَ يَفْتَرِشْ ذِرَاعَيْهِ افْتِرَاشَ الْكَلْبِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 891 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 89 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 891 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 892
It was
narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“Be
balanced in prostration; none of you should prostrate with his arms
spread out like a dog.”
حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" اعْتَدِلُوا فِي السُّجُودِ، وَلاَ يَسْجُدْ أَحَدُكُمْ وَهُوَ بَاسِطٌ ذِرَاعَيْهِ كَالْكَلْبِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 892 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 90 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 892 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(22)
Chapter: Sitting between the two prostrations
(22)
باب الْجُلُوسِ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 893
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“When the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
raised his head from bowing, he would not prostrate until he had
stood
up straight. When he prostrated, he would raise his head and
not
prostrate again until he had sat up straight. And he used to
spread
out his left leg.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ بُدَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ لَمْ يَسْجُدْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ قَائِمًا، فَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ، لَمْ يَسْجُدْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ جَالِسًا، وَكَانَ يَفْتَرِشُ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 893 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 91 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 893 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 894
It was
narrated that ‘Ali said:
The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said to
me:
“Do not squat between the two prostrations.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" لاَ تُقْعِ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 894 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 92 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 894 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 895
It was
narrated that ‘Ali said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) said: ‘O ‘Ali, do
not squat like a dog.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ ثَوَابٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ النَّخَعِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، وَأَبِي، إِسْحَاقَ عَنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" يَا عَلِيُّ، لاَ تُقْعِ إِقْعَاءَ الْكَلْبِ " .
Grade: | Da'if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 895 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 93 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 895 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 896
It was
narrated that Anas bin Malik said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) said to me:
‘When you raise your head from prostration, do not squat like a
dog. Put your buttocks between your feet and let the tops of your
feet touch the ground.”
حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الصَّبَّاحِ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَنْبَأَنَا الْعَلاَءُ أَبُو مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ قَالَ لِي النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا رَفَعْتَ رَأْسَكَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ فَلاَ تُقْعِ كَمَا يُقْعِي الْكَلْبُ ضَعْ أَلْيَتَيْكَ بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْكَ، وَأَلْزِقْ ظَاهِرَ قَدَمَيْكَ بِالأَرْضِ " .
Grade: | Da'if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 896 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 94 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 896 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(23)
Chapter: What is to be said between the two prostrations
(23)
باب مَا يَقُولُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 897
It was
narrated from Hudhaifah that the Prophet (ﷺ) used to say
between
the two prostrations:
“Rabbighfir li, Rabbighfir li (O Lord
forgive
me, O Lord forgive me).”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْعَلاَءُ بْنُ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ طَلْحَةَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنِ الْمُسْتَوْرِدِ بْنِ الأَحْنَفِ، عَنْ صِلَةَ بْنِ زُفَرَ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَقُولُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ
" رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي، رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 897 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 95 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 897 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 898
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“When praying at night
(Qiyamul-Lail), the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to say between the
two prostrations: ‘Rabbighfir li warhamni wajburni warzuqni
warfa’ni
(O Lord, forgive me, have mercy on me, improve my
situation, grant me
provision and raise me in status).’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلاَءِ حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ صَبِيحٍ، عَنْ كَامِلٍ أَبِي الْعَلاَءِ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ حَبِيبَ بْنَ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ فِي صَلاَةِ اللَّيْلِ
" رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي وَارْحَمْنِي وَاجْبُرْنِي وَارْزُقْنِي وَارْفَعْنِي " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 898 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 96 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 898 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(24)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning the Tashah-hud (sitting posture)
(24)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 899
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah bin Mas’ud said:
“When we performed
prayer with the Prophet (ﷺ) we said: ‘Peace be upon Allah from
His
slaves, peace be upon Jibra’il and Mika’il and so-and-so and
so-and-
so.’ The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) heard us and said: ‘Do
not say peace
(Salam) be upon Allah, for He is As-Salam. When you sit
(during
prayer) say: At-Tahiyyatu lillahi was-salawatu wat-tayyibatu;
as-
salamu ‘alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuhu;
as-
salamu ‘alayna wa ‘ala ‘ibadillahis-salihin (All
compliments, prayers
and good words are due to Allah; peace be upon
you, O Prophet, and the
mercy of Allah and His blessings; peace be
upon us and upon the
righteous slaves of Allah).” For as you say
that it will reach every
righteous slave in the heavens and on earth.
(Then say:) “Ashhadu an
la ilaha illallah wa ashhadu anna
Muhammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasuluhu (I
bear witness that none has the
right to be worshipped but Allah, and I
bear witness that Muhammad is
His slave and Messenger).”
(Another chain) with similar wording.
(Another chain) that `Abdullah bin Mas`ud said: "The Prophet (ﷺ) used to teach us the Tashahhud." And he mentioned similarly.
(Another chain) with similar wording.
(Another chain) that `Abdullah bin Mas`ud said: "The Prophet (ﷺ) used to teach us the Tashahhud." And he mentioned similarly.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ شَقِيقِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلاَّدٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قُلْنَا السَّلاَمُ عَلَى اللَّهِ قَبْلَ عِبَادِهِ السَّلاَمُ عَلَى جِبْرَائِيلَ وَمِيكَائِيلَ وَعَلَى فُلاَنٍ وَفُلاَنٍ . يَعْنُونَ الْمَلاَئِكَةَ . فَسَمِعَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَقَالَ
" لاَ تَقُولُوا السَّلاَمُ عَلَى اللَّهِ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ السَّلاَمُ فَإِذَا جَلَسْتُمْ فَقُولُوا التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ فَإِنَّهُ إِذَا قَالَ ذَلِكَ أَصَابَتْ كُلَّ عَبْدٍ صَالِحٍ فِي السَّمَاءِ وَالأَرْضِ . أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ " .
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَنْبَأَنَا الثَّوْرِيُّ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، وَالأَعْمَشِ، وَحُصَيْنٍ، وَأَبِي، هَاشِمٍ وَحَمَّادٍ عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، وَعَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، وَأَبِي الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ نَحْوَهُ .
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَعْمَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا قَبِيصَةُ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، وَمَنْصُورٍ، وَحُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، ح قَالَ وَحَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ، وَالأَسْوَدِ، وَأَبِي الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُعَلِّمُهُمُ التَّشَهُّدَ. فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ .
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَنْبَأَنَا الثَّوْرِيُّ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، وَالأَعْمَشِ، وَحُصَيْنٍ، وَأَبِي، هَاشِمٍ وَحَمَّادٍ عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، وَعَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، وَأَبِي الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ نَحْوَهُ .
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَعْمَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا قَبِيصَةُ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، وَمَنْصُورٍ، وَحُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، ح قَالَ وَحَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ، وَالأَسْوَدِ، وَأَبِي الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُعَلِّمُهُمُ التَّشَهُّدَ. فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 899 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 97 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 899 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 900
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
used
to teach us the Tashah-hud as he used to teach us a Surah of the
Qur’an. He used to say: ‘At-Tahiyyatul-Mubarakatus
salawatut-tayyibatu
lillah; As-salamu ‘alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa
rahmatullahi wa
barakatuhu; as-salamu ‘alayna wa ‘ala
‘ibadillahis-salihin. Ashhadu an
la ilaha illallah wa ashhadu anna
Muhammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasuluhu (All
blessed compliments and good
prayers are due to Allah; peace be upon
you, O Prophet, and the mercy
of Allah and His blessings; peace be
upon us and upon the righteous
slaves of Allah. I bear witness that
none has the right to be
worshipped but Allah and I bear witness that
Muhammad is His slave
and Messenger).’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، وَطَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا السُّورَةَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ فَكَانَ يَقُولُ
" التَّحِيَّاتُ الْمُبَارَكَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ لِلَّهِ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 900 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 98 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 900 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 901
It was
narrated from Abu Musa Al-Ash’ari:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
addressed us and explained the Sunnah for us, and he taught us our
prayer. He said: ‘When you perform prayer, and you are sitting, let
the first thing you say be: At-Tahiyyatut-tayyibatus-salawatu lillah;
as-salamu ‘alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuhu;
as-salamu ‘alayna wa ‘ala ‘ibadillahis-salihin. Ashhadu an la
ilaha illallah wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasuluhu (All
compliments, good words and prayers are due to Allah; peace be upon
you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allah and His blessings; peace be
upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allah. I bear witness that
none has the right to be worshipped but Allah and I bear witness that
Muhammad is His slave and Messenger). Seven phrases which are the
greeting of the prayer.’”
حَدَّثَنَا جَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، . وَهَذَا حَدِيثُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى الأَشْعَرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ خَطَبَنَا وَبَيَّنَ لَنَا سُنَّتَنَا وَعَلَّمَنَا صَلاَتَنَا، فَقَالَ
" إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ، فَكَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ، فَلْيَكُنْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ قَوْلِ أَحَدِكُمُ التَّحِيَّاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، سَبْعُ كَلِمَاتٍ هُنَّ تَحِيَّةُ الصَّلاَةِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 901 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 99 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 901 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 902
It was
narrated that Jabir bin ‘Abdullah said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) used to teach us the Tashah-hud as he used to teach us a
Surah
from the Qur’an: ‘Bismillahi wa Billahi; at-tahiyyatu lillahi
was-salawatu wat-tayyibatu lillahi; as-salamu ‘alayka
ayyuhan-
Nabiyyu wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuhu; as-salamu ‘alayna wa
‘ala
‘ibadillahis-salihin. Ashhadu an la ilaha illallah wa
ashhadu anna
Muhammadan ‘abduhu wa rasuluhu. As’alu
Allahal-jannah, wa a’udhu
billahi minannar (In the name of Allah
and by the grace of Allah. All
compliments are due to Allah and all
prayers and good words are due to
Allah. Peace be upon you, O
Prophet, and the mercy of Allah and His
blessings; peace be upon us
and upon the righteous slaves of Allah. I
bear witness that none has
the right to be worshipped but Allah and I
bear witness that Muhammad
is His slave and Messenger. I ask Allah for
Paradise and I seek
refuge with Allah from the Fire).’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا أَيْمَنُ بْنُ نَابِلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا السُّورَةَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ
" بِاسْمِ اللَّهِ وَبِاللَّهِ، التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ الْجَنَّةَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ النَّارِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 902 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 100 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 902 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(25)
Chapter: Sending peace and blessings upon the Prophet (saws)
(25)
باب الصَّلاَةِ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
Sunan Ibn Majah 903
It was
narrated that Abu Sa’eed Al-Khudri said:
“We said: ‘O Messenger
of Allah! We know what it means to send greetings upon you, but what
does it mean to send peace and blessings upon you?’ He said: ‘Say:
“Allahumma salli ‘ala Muhammadin ‘abdika wa Rasulika kama
salayta ‘ala Ibrahima, wa barik ‘ala Muhammad (wa ‘ala ali
Muhammadin) kama barakta ‘ala Ibrahima [O Allah, send Your grace,
honor and mercy upon Muhammad, Your slave and Messenger, as You sent
Your (grace, honour and mercy) upon Ibrahim, and send Your blessings
upon Muhammad (and the family of Muhammad) as You sent Your blessings
upon Ibrahim].”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ، قَالَ أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْهَادِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ خَبَّابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ قُلْنَا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ هَذَا السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ قَدْ عَرَفْنَاهُ فَكَيْفَ الصَّلاَةُ قَالَ
" قُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ عَبْدِكَ وَرَسُولِكَ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ " .
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 903 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 101 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 903 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 904
It was
narrated that Hakam said:
“I heard Ibn Abi Laila say: ‘Ka’b
bin
‘Ujrah met me and said: “Shall I not give you a gift? The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) came out to us and we said: ‘We know what
it
means to send greetings on you, but what does it mean to send
peace
and blessings upon you?’ He said: ‘Say: Allahumma salli
‘ala
Muhammadin wa ‘ala ali Muhammadin, kama sallayta ‘ala
Ibrahima, innaka
Hamidun Majid; Allahumma barik ‘ala Muhammadin wa
‘ala ali Muhammadin, kama barakta ‘ala Ibrahima,
innaka Hamidun Majid (O Allah, send your grace,
honour and mercy upon
Muhammad and upon the family of Muhammad, as
You sent Your grace,
honour and mercy upon Ibrahim, You are indeed
Praiseworthy, Most
Glorious. O Allah, send Your blessings upon
Muhammad and the family of
Muhammad, as You sent Your blessings upon
Ibrahim, You are indeed
Praiseworthy, Most Glorious).’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ أَبِي لَيْلَى، قَالَ لَقِيَنِي كَعْبُ بْنُ عُجْرَةَ فَقَالَ أَلاَ أُهْدِي لَكَ هَدِيَّةً خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَقُلْنَا قَدْ عَرَفْنَا السَّلاَمَ عَلَيْكَ فَكَيْفَ الصَّلاَةُ عَلَيْكَ قَالَ
" قُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى، إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ. اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 904 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 102 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 904 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 905
It was
narrated from Abu Humaid As-Sa’di that they said:
“O Messenger
of
Allah! We have been commanded to send peace and blessings upon you.
How should we send peace and blessings upon you?” He said: “Say:
Allahumma salli ‘ala Muhammadin wa azwajihi wa dhurriyatihi, kama
sallayta ‘ala Ibrahim; wa barik ‘ala Muhammadin wa azwajihi wa
dhurriyatihi kama barakta ‘ala ali Ibrahim fil-‘alamin, innaka
Hamidum
Majid (O Allah, send Your grace, honour and mercy upon
Muhammad and
his wives and offspring, as You sent Your grace, honour
and mercy upon
Ibrahim. O Allah, send Your blessings upon Muhammad
and his wives and
offspring, as You sent Your blessings upon the
family of Ibrahim among
the nations, You are indeed Praiseworthy,
Most Glorious).”
حَدَّثَنَا عَمَّارُ بْنُ طَالُوتَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ الْمَاجِشُونُ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، أَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أُمِرْنَا بِالصَّلاَةِ عَلَيْكَ فَكَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ فَقَالَ
" قُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَأَزْوَاجِهِ وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَأَزْوَاجِهِ وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ فِي الْعَالَمِينَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 905 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 103 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 905 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 906
Aswad bin
Yazid narrated that ‘Abdullah bin Mas’ud said:
“When you
send
peace and blessings upon the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), then do it
well, for you do not know, that may be shown to him.” They said to
him: “Teach us.” He said: “Say: ‘Allahumma aj’al salataka
wa rahmataka
wa barakatika ‘ala sayyidil-mursalin wa
imamil-muttaqin wa khatamin-
nabiyyin, Muhammad ‘abdika wa Rasulika
imamil-khayri (wa qa’idil-
khair), wa Rasulir-Rahmah.
Allahummab’athhu maqaman mahmudan
yaghbituhu bihil-awwaluna
wal-akhirun. Allahumma salli ‘ala Muhammadin
wa ‘ala ali
Muhammadin kama sallayta ‘ala Ibrahim wa ‘ala ali Ibrahim;
Allahumma barik ‘ala Muhammadin wa ‘ala ali Muhammadin kama
barakta ‘ala Ibrahim wa ‘ala ali
Ibrahim, innaka
Hamidum Majid (O Allah, send Your grace, honour,
mercy and blessings
upon the leader of the Messengers, the imam of
the pious and the seal
of the Prophets, Muhammad, Your slave and
Messenger, the Imam of the
good (and the leader) of the good, and the
Messenger of mercy. O
Allah, raise him to a station of praise and
glory that will be the
envy of the first and the last. O Allah, send
Your grace, honour and
mercy upon Muhammad and upon the family of
Muhammad, as You sent Your
grace, honour and mercy upon Ibrahim, You
are indeed Praiseworthy,
Most Glorious. O Allah, send blessings upon
Muhammad and upon the
family of Muhammad as You sent blessings upon
Ibrahim and the family
of Ibrahim, You are Praiseworthy, Most
Glorious).’”
حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ بَيَانٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زِيَادُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمَسْعُودِيُّ، عَنْ عَوْنِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي فَاخِتَةَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَأَحْسِنُوا الصَّلاَةَ عَلَيْهِ فَإِنَّكُمْ لاَ تَدْرُونَ لَعَلَّ ذَلِكَ يُعْرَضُ عَلَيْهِ . قَالَ فَقَالُوا لَهُ فَعَلِّمْنَا . قَالَ قُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ اجْعَلْ صَلاَتَكَ وَرَحْمَتَكَ وَبَرَكَاتِكَ عَلَى سَيِّدِ الْمُرْسَلِينَ وَإِمَامِ الْمُتَّقِينَ وَخَاتَمِ النَّبِيِّينَ مُحَمَّدٍ عَبْدِكَ وَرَسُولِكَ إِمَامِ الْخَيْرِ وَقَائِدِ الْخَيْرِ وَرَسُولِ الرَّحْمَةِ اللَّهُمَّ ابْعَثْهُ مَقَامًا مَحْمُودًا يَغْبِطُهُ بِهِ الأَوَّلُونَ وَالآخِرُونَ اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَعَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَعَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 906 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 104 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 906 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 907
It was
narrated that ‘Asim bin ‘Ubaidullah said:
“I heard ‘Abdullah
bin ‘Amir bin Rabi’ah narrating from his father that the Prophet
(ﷺ)
said: “There is no Muslim who sends peace and blessings upon
me, but
the angels will send peace and blessings upon him as long as
he sends
peace and blessings upon me. So let a person do a little of
that or a
lot.”
حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو بِشْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَامِرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" مَا مِنْ مُسْلِمٍ يُصَلِّي عَلَىَّ إِلاَّ صَلَّتْ عَلَيْهِ الْمَلاَئِكَةُ مَا صَلَّى عَلَىَّ فَلْيُقِلَّ الْعَبْدُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ أَوْ لِيُكْثِرْ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 907 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 105 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 907 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 908
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘Whoever forgets to send peace and blessings upon me, then he
has missed the road to Paradise.’”
حَدَّثَنَا جُبَارَةُ بْنُ الْمُغَلِّسِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ نَسِيَ الصَّلاَةَ عَلَىَّ خَطِئَ طَرِيقَ الْجَنَّةِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 908 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 106 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 908 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(26)
Chapter: What is to be said during the Tashah-hud and sending Salat upon the Prophet (saws)
(26)
باب مَا يُقَالُ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ وَالصَّلاَةِ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
Sunan Ibn Majah 909
Muhammad
bin Abi ‘Aishah said:
“I heard Abu Hurairah say that the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘When anyone of you finishes the
last
Tashah-hud, let him seek refuge with Allah from four things:
From the
torment of Hell, from the torment of the grave, from the
trials of
life and death, and from the Fitnah (tribulation) of
Masihud-Dajjal.’
حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي حَسَّانُ بْنُ عَطِيَّةَ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَائِشَةَ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا فَرَغَ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ التَّشَهُّدِ الأَخِيرِ فَلْيَتَعَوَّذْ بِاللَّهِ مِنْ أَرْبَعٍ مِنْ عَذَابِ جَهَنَّمَ، وَمِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ، وَمِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَحْيَا وَالْمَمَاتِ، وَمِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَسِيحِ الدَّجَّالِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 909 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 107 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 909 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 910
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said
to a man: ‘What do you say during your Salat?’ He said: ‘The
Tashah-hud, then I ask Allah for Paradise, and I seek refuge with Him
from Hell, but I do not understand what you and Mu’adh murmur
(during
Salat). He said: ‘Our murmuring revolves around the same
things.’”
حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْقَطَّانُ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ لِرَجُلٍ " مَا تَقُولُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ " . قَالَ أَتَشَهَّدُ ثُمَّ أَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ الْجَنَّةَ وَأَعُوذُ بِهِ مِنَ النَّارِ أَمَا وَاللَّهِ مَا أُحْسِنُ دَنْدَنَتَكَ وَلاَ دَنْدَنَةَ مُعَاذٍ . فَقَالَ " حَوْلَهُمَا نُدَنْدِنُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 910 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 108 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 910 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(27)
Chapter: Pointing in Tashah-hud
(27)
باب الإِشَارَةِ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 911
It was
narrated from Malik bin Numair Al-Khuza’i that his father said:
“I
saw the Prophet (ﷺ) putting his right hand on his right thigh
during prayer, and pointing with his finger.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ عِصَامِ بْنِ قُدَامَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ الْخُزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ وَاضِعًا يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَيُشِيرُ بَإِصْبَعِهِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 911 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 109 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 911 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 912
It was
narrated that Wa’il bin Hujr said:
“I saw the Prophet (ﷺ)
making a circle with his thumb and middle finger, and raising the one
next to it (the index finger), supplicating with it during the
Tashah-hud.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَدْ حَلَّقَ الإِبْهَامَ وَالْوُسْطَى وَرَفَعَ الَّتِي تَلِيهِمَا يَدْعُو بِهَا فِي التَّشَهُّدِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 912 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 110 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 912 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 913
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Umar that the Prophet (ﷺ) used to sit
during
prayer, putting his hands on his knees and raising his right
finger
which was next to his thumb, supplicating with it, and with his
left
hand (spread out) on his knee.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، وَإِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالُوا حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَرَفَعَ إِصْبَعَهُ الْيُمْنَى الَّتِي تَلِي الإِبْهَامَ فَيَدْعُو بِهَا وَالْيُسْرَى عَلَى رُكْبَتِهِ بَاسِطَهَا عَلَيْهَا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 913 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 111 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 913 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(28)
Chapter: The Taslim
(28)
باب التَّسْلِيمِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 914
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used
to
say the Salam to his right and his left, until the whiteness of his
cheek could be seen (saying):
“As-salamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatullah
(Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allah).”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ
" السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 914 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 112 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 914 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 915
It was
narrated from ‘Amir bin Sa’d, from his father, that the
Messenger
of Allah (ﷺ) used to say the Salam to his right and to his
left.
حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلاَنَ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ ثَابِتِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَعْدِ بْنِ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 915 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 113 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 915 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 916
It was
narrated that ‘Ammar bin Yasir said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) used to say the Salam to his right and to his left, until the
whiteness of his cheek could be seen (saying): ‘As-salamu ‘alaikum
wa
rahmatullah, as-salamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatullah.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ صِلَةَ بْنِ زُفَرَ، عَنْ عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ
" السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ . السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 916 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 114 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 916 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 917
It was
narrated that Abu Musa said:
“Ali led us in prayer on the day
of
(the battle of) the Camel, in a way that reminded us of the prayer
of
the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). Either we had forgotten it or we had
abandoned it. He said the Salam to his right and to his left.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ بُرَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، قَالَ صَلَّى بِنَا عَلِيٌّ يَوْمَ الْجَمَلِ صَلاَةً ذَكَّرَنَا صَلاَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَإِمَّا أَنْ نَكُونَ نَسِينَاهَا وَإِمَّا أَنْ نَكُونَ تَرَكْنَاهَا فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى يَمِينِهِ وَعَلَى شِمَالِهِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 917 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 115 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 917 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(29)
Chapter: The one who says one Salam
(29)
باب مَنْ يُسَلِّمُ تَسْلِيمَةً وَاحِدَةً
Sunan Ibn Majah 918
‘Abdul-Muhaimin bin ‘Abbas bin Sahl bin Sa’d As-Sa’idi
narrated from
his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ)
said one Taslim to the front.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُصْعَبٍ الْمَدِينِيُّ، أَحْمَدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمُهَيْمِنِ بْنُ عَبَّاسِ بْنِ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ سَلَّمَ تَسْلِيمَةً وَاحِدَةً تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 918 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 116 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 918 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 919
It was
narrated from Hisham bin ‘Urwah, from his father, from
‘Aishah,
that the Messenger of Allah (saW) used to say one Salam, to
the
front.
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الصَّنْعَانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ تَسْلِيمَةً وَاحِدَةً تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 919 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 117 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 919 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 920
It was
narrated that Salamah bin Akwa’ said:
“I saw the Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) performing the prayer, and he said one Salam.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ الْمِصْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ، مَوْلَى سَلَمَةَ عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ الأَكْوَعِ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ صَلَّى فَسَلَّمَ مَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 920 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 118 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 920 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(30)
Chapter: Responding to the Imam’s Salam
(30)
باب رَدِّ السَّلاَمِ عَلَى الإِمَامِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 921
It was
narrated from Samurah bin Jundub that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“When
the Imam says the Salam, then respond to him.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ الْهُذَلِيُّ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا سَلَّمَ الإِمَامُ فَرُدُّوا عَلَيْهِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 921 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 119 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 921 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 922
It was
narrated that Samurah bin Jundab said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) commanded us to greet our Imam with Salam, and to greet one
another with Salam.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْقَاسِمِ، أَنْبَأَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، قَالَ أَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَنْ نُسَلِّمَ عَلَى أَئِمَّتِنَا وَأَنْ يُسَلِّمَ بَعْضُنَا عَلَى بَعْضٍ
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 922 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 120 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 922 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(31)
Chapter: The Imam should not supplicate for himself only
(31)
باب وَلاَ يَخُصُّ الإِمَامُ نَفْسَهُ بِالدُّعَاءِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 923
It was
narrated that Thawban said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘No
person should lead others in prayer, then supplicate only
for himself
and not for them. If he does that, he has betrayed them.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُصَفَّى الْحِمْصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ شُرَيْحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حَىٍّ الْمُؤَذِّنِ، عَنْ ثَوْبَانَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" لاَ يَؤُمُّ عَبْدٌ فَيَخُصَّ نَفْسَهُ بِدَعْوَةٍ دُونَهُمْ فَإِنْ فَعَلَ فَقَدْ خَانَهُمْ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 923 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 121 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 923 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(32)
Chapter: What is to be said after the Salam
(32)
باب مَا يُقَالُ بَعْدَ التَّسْلِيمِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 924
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“When the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said the Salam, he would sit only for as long as it took to say:
‘Allahumma Antas-Salam wa minkas-salam. Tabarakta ya Dhal-jalali
wal-
ikram. (O Allah, You are As-Salam, From You is all peace, blessed
are
You O Possessor of majesty and honour).’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ الأَحْوَلُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا سَلَّمَ لَمْ يَقْعُدْ إِلاَّ مِقْدَارَ مَا يَقُولُ
" اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ السَّلاَمُ وَمِنْكَ السَّلاَمُ، تَبَارَكْتَ يَا ذَا الْجَلاَلِ وَالإِكْرَامِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 924 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 122 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 924 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 925
It was
narrated from Umm Salamah that when the Prophet (ﷺ)
performed the
Subh (morning prayer), while he said the Salam, he would say:
‘Allahumma
inni
as’aluka ‘ilman nafi’an, wa rizqan tayyiban, wa ‘amalan
mutaqabbalan (O Allah, I ask You for beneficial knowledge, goodly
provision and acceptable deeds).’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَبِي عَائِشَةَ، عَنْ مَوْلًى، لأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَقُولُ إِذَا صَلَّى الصُّبْحَ حِينَ يُسَلِّمُ
" اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ عِلْمًا نَافِعًا، وَرِزْقًا طَيِّبًا، وَعَمَلاً مُتَقَبَّلاً " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 925 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 123 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 925 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 926
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) said: ‘There are two characteristics which no Muslim man
acquires but he will enter Paradise. They are easy but those who do
them are few. At the end of every prayer he should glorify Allah (by
saying Subhan Allah) ten times, extol Him (by saying Allahu Akbar)
ten
times, and praise Him (by saying Al-Hamdu Lillah) ten times.’ I
saw
the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) counting them on his hand. ‘That
is one
hundred and fifty (after all the prayers of the day) on the
tongue,
and one thousand and five hundred on the Scale. And when he
goes to
his bed, let him glorify Allah and praise Him and extol Him
one
hundred times. That will be one hundred on the tongue and one
thousand
on the Scale. Who among you does two thousand and five
hundred evil
actions in one day?’ They said: ‘Who would not be
keen to do that?’ He
said: ‘But the Shaitan comes to anyone of
you while he is performing
prayer and says: ‘Remember such and
such, remember such and such,”
until the person becomes distracted
and does not understand (what he
is saying). And he comes to him when
he is in his bed, and makes him
sleepy such that he sleeps.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، وَأَبُو يَحْيَى التَّيْمِيُّ وَابْنُ الأَجْلَحِ عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ " خَصْلَتَانِ لاَ يُحْصِيهِمَا رَجُلٌ مُسْلِمٌ إِلاَّ دَخَلَ الْجَنَّةَ وَهُمَا يَسِيرٌ وَمَنْ يَعْمَلُ بِهِمَا قَلِيلٌ يُسَبِّحُ اللَّهَ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ عَشْرًا وَيُكَبِّرُ عَشْرًا وَيَحْمَدُهُ عَشْرًا " . فَرَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَعْقِدُهَا بِيَدِهِ " فَذَلِكَ خَمْسُونَ وَمِائَةٌ بِاللِّسَانِ، وَأَلْفٌ وَخَمْسُمِائَةٍ فِي الْمِيزَانِ، وَإِذَا أَوَى إِلَى فِرَاشِهِ سَبَّحَ وَحَمِدَ وَكَبَّرَ مِائَةً، فَتِلْكَ مِائَةٌ بِاللِّسَانِ، وَأَلْفٌ فِي الْمِيزَانِ، فَأَيُّكُمْ يَعْمَلُ فِي الْيَوْمِ أَلْفَيْنِ وَخَمْسَمِائَةِ سَيِّئَةٍ " . قَالُوا: وَكَيْفَ لاَ يُحْصِيهِمَا قَالَ " يَأْتِي أَحَدَكُمُ الشَّيْطَانُ، وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ، فَيَقُولُ: اذْكُرْ كَذَا وَكَذَا، حَتَّى يَنْفَكَّ الْعَبْدُ لاَ يَعْقِلُ، وَيَأْتِيهِ وَهُوَ فِي مَضْجَعِهِ، فَلاَ يَزَالُ يُنَوِّمُهُ حَتَّى يَنَامَ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 926 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 124 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 926 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 927
It was
narrated that Abu Dharr said:
“It was said to the Prophet
(ﷺ) and
perhaps (one of the narrators) Sufyan said: I said: O
Messenger of
Allah! Those who have property and wealth have surpassed
us in
reward. They say the same as we do, and they spend but we do not
spend.’ He said to me: ‘Shall I not tell you something which, if
you
do it, you will catch up with those who have surpassed you and
you
will excel over those who come after you? Praise Allah (by saying
Al-
Hamdu Lillah) after every prayer, and glorify Him (by saying
Subhan-
Allah) and extol Him (by saying Allahu Akbar), thirty-three,
thirty-
three, and thirty-four times.’” Sufyan said: “I do not
know which of
them was to be recited thirty-four times.”
حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ بِشْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، قَالَ قِيلَ لِلنَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ - وَرُبَّمَا قَالَ سُفْيَانُ قُلْتُ - يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ذَهَبَ أَهْلُ الأَمْوَالِ وَالدُّثُورِ بِالأَجْرِ يَقُولُونَ كَمَا نَقُولُ وَيُنْفِقُونَ وَلاَ نُنْفِقُ . قَالَ لِي
" أَلاَ أُخْبِرُكُمْ بِأَمْرٍ إِذَا فَعَلْتُمُوهُ أَدْرَكْتُمْ مَنْ قَبْلَكُمْ وَفُتُّمْ مَنْ بَعْدَكُمْ، تَحْمَدُونَ اللَّهَ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ وَتُسَبِّحُونَهُ، وَتُكَبِّرُونَهُ ثَلاَثًا وَثَلاَثِينَ، وَثَلاَثًا وَثَلاَثِينَ، وَأَرْبَعًا وَثَلاَثِينَ " .
قَالَ سُفْيَانُ لاَ أَدْرِي أَيَّتُهُنَّ أَرْبَعٌ .
قَالَ سُفْيَانُ لاَ أَدْرِي أَيَّتُهُنَّ أَرْبَعٌ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 927 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 125 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 927 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 928
Thawban
narrated that when he finished his prayer, the Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) would ask for forgiveness three times, then he would say:
“Allahumma Antas-Salam wa minkas-salam tabarakta ya Dhal-jalali
wal-
ikram” (O Allah, You are As-Salam and from You is all peace,
Blessed
are You O Possessor of majesty and honour).”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ حَبِيبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي شَدَّادٌ أَبُو عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَسْمَاءَ الرَّحَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي ثَوْبَانُ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا انْصَرَفَ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ اسْتَغْفَرَ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ ثُمَّ يَقُولُ
" اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ السَّلاَمُ وَمِنْكَ السَّلاَمُ تَبَارَكْتَ يَا ذَا الْجَلاَلِ وَالإِكْرَامِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 928 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 126 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 928 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(33)
Chapter: Departing after completing the Prayer
(33)
باب الاِنْصِرَافِ مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 929
It was
narrated from Qabisah bin Hulb that his father said:
“The
Prophet
(ﷺ) led us (in prayer), and he used to depart from both
sides.
(i.e. from either side).”
حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، عَنْ قَبِيصَةَ بْنِ هُلْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ أَمَّنَا النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَكَانَ يَنْصَرِفُ عَنْ جَانِبَيْهِ جَمِيعًا .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 929 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 127 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 929 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 930
It was
narrated that Aswad said:
“ ‘Abdullah (bin Mas’ud) said: ‘None
of you should apportion within himself a part (of his prayer)
thinking
that it is a right of Allah upon him that he must only turn
to his
right to leave after finishing the prayer. I saw the Messenger
of
Allah (ﷺ) and most of the time he turned to his left.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلاَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، قَالَ قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ لاَ يَجْعَلَنَّ أَحَدُكُمْ لِلشَّيْطَانِ فِي نَفْسِهِ جُزْءًا يَرَى أَنَّ حَقًّا لِلَّهِ عَلَيْهِ أَنْ لاَ يَنْصَرِفَ إِلاَّ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ قَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَكْثَرُ انْصِرَافِهِ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 930 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 128 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 930 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 931
It was
narrated from ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, that his
grandfather said:
“I saw the Prophet (ﷺ) departing to his right
and
to his left when he finished the prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الصَّوَّافُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَنْفَتِلُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 931 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 129 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 931 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 932
It was
narrated that Umm Salamah said:
“When the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
said the Salam, the women would stand up when he finished his
Taslim,
and he would stay where he was for a little while before
standing up.
(i.e. to depart).”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ وَاقِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ هِنْدٍ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا سَلَّمَ قَامَ النِّسَاءُ حِينَ يَقْضِي تَسْلِيمَهُ ثُمَّ يَلْبَثُ فِي مَكَانِهِ يَسِيرًا قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقُومَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 932 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 130 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 932 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(34)
Chapter: If the time for Prayer comes when food has been served
(34)
باب إِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ وَوُضِعَ الْعَشَاءُ
Sunan Ibn Majah 933
It was
narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“If food is served and the Iqamah for prayer is given, then
start
with the food.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا وُضِعَ الْعَشَاءُ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَابْدَءُوا بِالْعَشَاءِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 933 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 131 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 933 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 934
It was
narrated from Nafi’ that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘If food is served and the Iqamah for prayer is
given, then start with the food.”
He said: "Ibn 'Umar ate dinner one night while he could hear the Iqamah."
He said: "Ibn 'Umar ate dinner one night while he could hear the Iqamah."
حَدَّثَنَا أَزْهَرُ بْنُ مَرْوَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا وُضِعَ الْعَشَاءُ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَابْدَءُوا بِالْعَشَاءِ " .
قَالَ فَتَعَشَّى ابْنُ عُمَرَ لَيْلَةً وَهُوَ يَسْمَعُ الإِقَامَةَ .
قَالَ فَتَعَشَّى ابْنُ عُمَرَ لَيْلَةً وَهُوَ يَسْمَعُ الإِقَامَةَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 934 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 132 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 934 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 935
It was
narrated from ‘Aishah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“If
food is ready and the Iqamah is being given, then start with the
food.”
حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، جَمِيعًا عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا حَضَرَ الْعَشَاءُ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَابْدَءُوا بِالْعَشَاءِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 935 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 133 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 935 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(35)
Chapter: Prayer in congregation on a rainy night
(35)
باب الْجَمَاعَةِ فِي اللَّيْلَةِ الْمَطِيرَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 936
It was
narrated that Abu Malih said:
“I went out on a rainy night
(for
congregational prayer), and when I came back I asked for the door
to
be opened. My father said: ‘Who is this?’ I said: ‘Abu Malih.’
He
said: ‘We were with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) at Hudaybiyah
and it
rained a little, such that the soles of our sandals did not
get wet.
The announcer of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) called out:
‘Perform
your prayer at your camps.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمَلِيحِ، قَالَ خَرَجْتُ فِي لَيْلَةٍ مَطِيرَةٍ فَلَمَّا رَجَعْتُ اسْتَفْتَحْتُ فَقَالَ أَبِي مَنْ هَذَا قَالَ أَبُو الْمَلِيحِ . قَالَ لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَوْمَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ وَأَصَابَتْنَا سَمَاءٌ لَمْ تَبُلَّ أَسَافِلَ نِعَالِنَا فَنَادَى مُنَادِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 936 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 134 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 936 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 937
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“On rainy nights or on cold
windy
nights, the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) would summon his announcer
to
call out: ‘Perform your prayer at your camps.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُنَادِي مُنَادِيهِ فِي اللَّيْلَةِ الْمَطِيرَةِ أَوِ اللَّيْلَةِ الْبَارِدَةِ ذَاتِ الرِّيحِ
" صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 937 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 135 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 937 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 938
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said, on a
Friday
that was rainy:
“Perform your prayer at your camps.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، عَنْ عَبَّادِ بْنِ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ عَطَاءً، يُحَدِّثُ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَنَّهُ قَالَ فِي يَوْمِ جُمُعَةٍ مَطِيرَةٍ
" صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 938 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 136 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 938 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 939
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin Harith bin Nawfal that Ibn ‘Abbas
commanded the Mu’adh-dhin to call the Adhan one Friday, which was a
rainy day. He said:
“Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar, Ashhadu an la
ilaha
illallah, Ashhadu anna Muhammadan Rasulullah (Allah is the Most
Great,
Allah is Most Great, I bear witness that none has the right to
be
worshipped but Allah, I bear witness that Muhammad is the
Messenger of
Allah).” Then he (Ibn ‘Abbas) said: “Proclaim to
the people that they
should pray in their houses.” The people said
to him: “What is this
that you have done?” He said: “One who is
better than me did that. Are
you telling me that I should bring the
people out of their houses and
make them come to me wading through
the mud up to their knees?”
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ عَبَّادٍ الْمُهَلَّبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ الأَحْوَلُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، أَمَرَ الْمُؤَذِّنَ أَنْ يُؤَذِّنَ، يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَذَلِكَ يَوْمٌ مَطِيرٌ فَقَالَ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ . ثُمَّ قَالَ نَادِ فِي النَّاسِ فَلْيُصَلُّوا فِي بُيُوتِهِمْ . فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّاسُ مَا هَذَا الَّذِي صَنَعْتَ قَالَ قَدْ فَعَلَ هَذَا مَنْ هُوَ خَيْرٌ مِنِّي تَأْمُرُنِي أَنْ أُخْرِجَ النَّاسَ مِنْ بُيُوتِهِمْ فَيَأْتُونِي يَدُوسُونَ الطِّينَ إِلَى رُكَبِهِمْ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 939 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 137 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 939 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(36)
Chapter: What suffices as a Sutrah (screen) for one performing Prayer
(36)
باب مَا يَسْتُرُ الْمُصَلِّي
Sunan Ibn Majah 940
It was
narrated from Musa bin Talhah that his father said:
“We used
to
perform prayer while the beasts were passing in front of us. That
was
mentioned to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) and he said: ‘If
something like the hand of a saddle* is placed in front of anyone of
you, it will not matter whoever passes in front of him.”
* It is the piece of wood on the camel saddle which is held on to (to climb onto the camel).
* It is the piece of wood on the camel saddle which is held on to (to climb onto the camel).
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ كُنَّا نُصَلِّي وَالدَّوَابُّ تَمُرُّ بَيْنَ أَيْدِينَا فَذُكِرَ ذَلِكَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَقَالَ
" مِثْلُ مُؤْخِرَةِ الرَّحْلِ تَكُونُ بَيْنَ يَدَىْ أَحَدِكُمْ فَلاَ يَضُرُّهُ مَنْ مَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 940 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 138 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 940 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 941
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“A small spear (Harbah) would be
brought out to the Prophet (ﷺ) when he was travelling; he would
plant it (in the ground) to perform prayer while facing it.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ رَجَاءٍ الْمَكِّيُّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ تُخْرَجُ لَهُ حَرْبَةٌ فِي السَّفَرِ، فَيَنْصِبُهَا فَيُصَلِّي إِلَيْهَا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 941 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 139 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 941 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 942
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“The Messenger of Allah had a reed
mat that he would spread out during the day, and make into a
compartment at night, towards which he would perform prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ حَصِيرٌ يُبْسَطُ بِالنَّهَارِ وَيَحْتَجِرُهُ بِاللَّيْلِ يُصَلِّي إِلَيْهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 942 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 140 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 942 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 943
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“When
anyone of you performs prayer, let him put something in front of him.
If he cannot find anything then let him put a stick. If he cannot
find
one, then let him draw a line. Then it will not matter if
anything
passes in front of him.”
حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو بِشْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ الأَسْوَدِ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أُمَيَّةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَمَّارُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَمْرِو بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، حُرَيْثِ بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَجْعَلْ تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ شَيْئًا فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ فَلْيَنْصِبْ عَصًا فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ فَلْيَخُطَّ خَطًّا ثُمَّ لاَ يَضُرُّهُ مَا مَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 943 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 141 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 943 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(37)
Chapter: Passing in front of someone who is performing Prayer
(37)
باب الْمُرُورِ بَيْنَ يَدَىِ الْمُصَلِّي
Sunan Ibn Majah 944
Busr bin
Sa’eed said:
“They sent me to Zaid bin Khalid to ask him
about
passing in front of one who is performing prayer. He told me
that the
Prophet (ﷺ) said: ‘Waiting for forty is better than passing
in
front of one who is performing prayer.’”
(One of the narrators) Sufyan said: "I do not know if he meant forty years, months, days, or hours."
(One of the narrators) Sufyan said: "I do not know if he meant forty years, months, days, or hours."
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ بُسْرِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ أَرْسَلُونِي إِلَى زَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ أَسْأَلُهُ عَنِ الْمُرُورِ، بَيْنَ يَدَىِ الْمُصَلِّي فَأَخْبَرَنِي عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" لأَنْ يَقُومَ أَرْبَعِينَ خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنْ أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ " .
قَالَ سُفْيَانُ فَلاَ أَدْرِي أَرْبَعِينَ سَنَةً أَوْ شَهْرًا أَوْ صَبَاحًا أَوْ سَاعَةً .
قَالَ سُفْيَانُ فَلاَ أَدْرِي أَرْبَعِينَ سَنَةً أَوْ شَهْرًا أَوْ صَبَاحًا أَوْ سَاعَةً .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 944 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 142 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 944 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 945
It was
narrated from Busr bin Sa’eed that Zaid bin Khalid sent word
to Abu
Juhaim Al-Ansari asking him:
“What did you hear from the
Prophet
(ﷺ) about a man when he is performing prayer?” He said: “I
heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying: ‘If anyone of you knew (how great
is
the sin involved) when he passed in front of his brother who is
performing prayer, then waiting for forty’,”
(one of the narrators) said: “I do not know if he meant forty years, forty months, or forty days, ‘would be better for him than that.”
(one of the narrators) said: “I do not know if he meant forty years, forty months, or forty days, ‘would be better for him than that.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ بُسْرِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ زَيْدَ بْنَ خَالِدٍ، أَرْسَلَ إِلَى أَبِي جُهَيْمٍ الأَنْصَارِيِّ يَسْأَلُهُ مَا سَمِعْتَ مِنَ النَّبِيِّ، ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي الرَّجُلِ يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَىِ الرَّجُلِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَقَالَ سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" لَوْ يَعْلَمُ أَحَدُكُمْ مَالَهُ أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَىْ أَخِيهِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي كَانَ لأَنْ يَقِفَ أَرْبَعِينَ - قَالَ لاَ أَدْرِي أَرْبَعِينَ عَامًا أَوْ أَرْبَعِينَ شَهْرًا أَوْ أَرْبَعِينَ يَوْمًا - خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 945 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 143 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 945 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 946
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) said: ‘If
anyone of you knew (how great is the sin involved) in passing in
front
of his brother while he is performing prayer, waiting for one
hundred
years would be better for him than one step that he takes.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ مَوْهَبٍ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" لَوْ يَعْلَمُ أَحَدُكُمْ مَا لَهُ فِي أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَىْ أَخِيهِ مُعْتَرِضًا فِي الصَّلاَةِ كَانَ لأَنْ يُقِيمَ مِائَةَ عَامٍ خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنَ الْخَطْوَةِ الَّتِي خَطَاهَا " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 946 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 144 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 946 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(38)
Chapter: What severs the Prayer
(38)
باب مَا يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ .
Sunan Ibn Majah 947
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) was
performing
prayer at ‘Arafat, and Fadl and I came riding a female
donkey. We
passed in front of part of the row, then we dismounted and
left the
donkey, and we came and joined the row.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي بِعَرَفَةَ، فَجِئْتُ أَنَا وَالْفَضْلُ عَلَى أَتَانٍ، فَمَرَرْنَا عَلَى بَعْضِ الصَّفِّ، فَنَزَلْنَا عَنْهَا وَتَرَكْنَاهَا، ثُمَّ دَخَلْنَا فِي الصَّفِّ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 947 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 145 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 947 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 948
It was
narrated that Umm Salamah said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) was
performing
prayer in the house of Umm Salamah, and ‘Abdullah or ‘Umar
bin
Abu Salamah passed in front of him; he gestured his hand, and he
went
back. Then Zainab bint Umm Salamah passed in front of him, and he
gestured his hand, but she kept going. When the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) finished his prayer, he said: ‘These (women) are more
stubborn.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، - هُوَ قَاصُّ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ - عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي فِي حُجْرَةِ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ فَمَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ أَوْ عُمَرُ بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ فَقَالَ بِيَدِهِ فَرَجَعَ فَمَرَّتْ زَيْنَبُ بِنْتُ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ فَقَالَ بِيَدِهِ هَكَذَا فَمَضَتْ فَلَمَّا صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" هُنَّ أَغْلَبُ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 948 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 146 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 948 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 949
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“The
prayer
is severed by a black dog and a woman who has reached the age
of
menstruation.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلاَّدٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا جَابِرُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ الْكَلْبُ الأَسْوَدُ، وَالْمَرْأَةُ الْحَائِضُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 949 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 147 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 949 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 950
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“The
prayer
is severed by a woman, a dog and a donkey.”
حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ أَبُو طَالِبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ بْنِ أَوْفَى، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ الْمَرْأَةُ وَالْكَلْبُ وَالْحِمَارُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 950 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 148 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 950 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 951
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin Mughaffal that the Prophet (ﷺ)
said:
“The prayer is severed by a woman, a dog and a donkey.”
حَدَّثَنَا جَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُغَفَّلٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ الْمَرْأَةُ وَالْكَلْبُ وَالْحِمَارُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 951 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 149 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 951 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 952
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin Samit from Abu Dharr, that the
Prophet
(ﷺ) said:
“The prayer is severed by a woman, a donkey, and a
black dog, if there is not something like the handle of a saddle in
front of a man.” I (‘Abdullah) said: “What is wrong with a
black dog
and not a red one?” He (Abu Dharr) said: ‘I asked the
Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) the same question, and he said: “The black
dog is a
Shaitan (satan).”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ هِلاَلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ " يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ إِذَا لَمْ يَكُنْ بَيْنَ يَدَىِ الرَّجُلِ مِثْلُ مُؤْخِرَةِ الرَّحْلِ الْمَرْأَةُ وَالْحِمَارُ وَالْكَلْبُ الأَسْوَدُ " . قَالَ قُلْتُ مَا بَالُ الأَسْوَدِ مِنَ الأَحْمَرِ فَقَالَ سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَمَا سَأَلْتَنِي فَقَالَ " الْكَلْبُ الأَسْوَدُ شَيْطَانٌ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 952 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 150 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 952 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(39)
Chapter: Stopping (the passing person) as much as possible
(39)
باب ادْرَأْ مَا اسْتَطَعْتَ
Sunan Ibn Majah 953
It was
narrated that Hasan Al-‘Urani said:
‘Mention was made in the
presence of Ibn ‘Abbas about what severs the prayer. They mentioned
a
dog, a donkey and a woman. He said: ‘What do you say about kids
(young
goats)? The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) was performing prayer one
day,
when a kid came and wanted to pass in front of him. The
Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) preceded it toward the Qiblah. (to tighten
the space and
prevent it from passing in front of him).’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ، أَنْبَأَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى أَبُو الْمُعَلَّى، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ الْعُرَنِيِّ، قَالَ ذُكِرَ عِنْدَ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ مَا يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ فَذَكَرُوا الْكَلْبَ وَالْحِمَارَ وَالْمَرْأَةَ فَقَالَ مَا تَقُولُونَ فِي الْجَدْىِ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُصَلِّي يَوْمًا فَذَهَبَ جَدْىٌ يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَبَادَرَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ الْقِبْلَةَ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 953 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 151 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 953 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 954
It was
narrated from ‘Abdur-Rahman bin Abu Sa’eed that his father
said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘When anyone of you performs
prayer, let him pray facing towards a Sutrah, and let him get close
to
it, and not let anyone pass in front of him. If someone comes and
wants to pass in front of him, let him fight him, for he is a Shaitan
(satan).’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الأَحْمَرُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلاَنَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيُصَلِّ إِلَى سُتْرَةٍ. وَلْيَدْنُ مِنْهَا. وَلاَ يَدَعْ أَحَدًا يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ. فَإِنْ جَاءَ أَحَدٌ يَمُرَّ فَلْيُقَاتِلْهُ. فَإِنَّهُ شَيْطَانٌ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 954 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 152 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 954 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 955
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar that the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) said:
“When anyone of you is performing prayer, he should not
let anyone pass in front of him. If he insists then let him fight
him,
for he has a Qarin (devil-companion) with him.”
حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْحَمَّالُ، وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْمُنْكَدِرِيُّ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنِ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ صَدَقَةَ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا كَانَ أَحَدُكُمْ يُصَلِّي فَلاَ يَدَعْ أَحَدًا يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَإِنْ أَبَى فَلْيُقَاتِلْهُ فَإِنَّ مَعَهُ الْقَرِينَ " .
وَقَالَ الْمُنْكَدِرِيُّ فَإِنَّ مَعَهُ الْعُزَّى .
وَقَالَ الْمُنْكَدِرِيُّ فَإِنَّ مَعَهُ الْعُزَّى .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 955 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 153 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 955 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(40)
Chapter: One who performs Prayer with something between himself and the Prayer direction
(40)
باب مَنْ صَلَّى وَبَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْقِبْلَةِ شَىْءٌ
Sunan Ibn Majah 956
It was
narrated from ‘Aishah:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) used to pray at
night,
and I was laying between him and the prayer direction, as a
(body for
a) funeral horizontally.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، وَأَنَا مُعْتَرِضَةٌ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْقِبْلَةِ، كَاعْتِرَاضِ الْجِنَازَةِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 956 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 154 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 956 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 957
It was
narrated from Zainab bint Umm Salamah that her mother said
that her
bed was in front of the place where the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
prostrated.
حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ، وَسُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ الْحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّهَا، قَالَتْ كَانَ فِرَاشُهَا بِحِيَالِ مَسْجِدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 957 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 155 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 957 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 958
Maimunah,
the wife of the Prophet (ﷺ), said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ)
used to
perform prayer when I was opposite to him, and his garment
would
sometimes touch me when he prostrated.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ الْعَوَّامِ، عَنِ الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ، قَالَ حَدَّثَتْنِي مَيْمُونَةُ، زَوْجُ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَتْ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي وَأَنَا بِحِذَائِهِ وَرُبَّمَا أَصَابَنِي ثَوْبُهُ إِذَا سَجَدَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 958 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 156 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 958 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 959
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
forbade performing prayer behind one who is engaged in conversation
or
one who is sleeping.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الْمِقْدَامِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَنْ يُصَلَّى خَلْفَ الْمُتَحَدِّثِ وَالنَّائِمِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 959 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 157 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 959 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(41)
Chapter: Prohibition of bowing or prostrating before the Imam
(41)
باب النَّهْىِ أَنْ يُسْبَقَ الإِمَامُ بِالرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 960
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) used to
teach
us not to bow or prostrate before the Imam; when he says the
Takbir
then say the Takbir, and when he prostrates, you should
prostrate.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُعَلِّمُنَا أَنْ لاَ نُبَادِرَ الإِمَامَ بِالرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 960 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 158 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 960 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 961
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘Does not the one who raises his head before the Imam fear
that
Allah may turn his head into the head of a donkey?’”
حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، وَسُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" أَلاَ يَخْشَى الَّذِي يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ قَبْلَ الإِمَامِ أَنْ يُحَوِّلَ اللَّهُ رَأْسَهُ رَأْسَ حِمَارٍ؟ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 961 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 159 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 961 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 962
It was
narrated that Abu Musa said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘I
have gained weight, so when I bow, then bow, and when I stand
up,
then stand up, and when I prostrate, then prostrate. I should
never
find anyone preceding me in bowing or prostration.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَدْرٍ، شُجَاعُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ خَيْثَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ دَارِمٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي بُرْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي بُرْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنِّي قَدْ بَدَّنْتُ، فَإِذَا رَكَعْتُ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا رَفَعْتُ فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا سَجَدْتُ فَاسْجُدُوا، وَلاَ أُلْفِيَنَّ رَجُلاً يَسْبِقُنِي إِلَى الرُّكُوعِ، وَلاَ إِلَى السُّجُودِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 962 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 160 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 962 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 963
It was
narrated that Mu’awiyah bin Abu Sufyan said:
“The Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘Do not bow or prostrate before me. No matter how
far ahead of you I bow, you will catch up with me when I stand up,
and
no matter how far ahead of you I prostrate, you will catch up
with me
when I raise my head. I have become bulky.’”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلاَنَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بِشْرٍ، بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلاَنَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ مُحَيْرِيزٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" لاَ تُبَادِرُونِي بِالرُّكُوعِ وَلاَ بِالسُّجُودِ، فَمَهْمَا أَسْبِقْكُمْ بِهِ إِذَا رَكَعْتُ، تُدْرِكُونِي بِهِ إِذَا رَفَعْتُ، وَمَهْمَا أَسْبِقْكُمْ بِهِ إِذَا سَجَدْتُ، تُدْرِكُونِي بِهِ إِذَا رَفَعْتُ، إِنِّي قَدْ بَدَّنْتُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 963 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 161 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 963 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(42)
Chapter: What is disliked in the Prayer
(42)
باب مَا يُكْرَهُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 964
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“It is impolite for a man to wipe his forehead a great deal
before
he finishes prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْهُدَيْرِ التَّيْمِيُّ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِنَّ مِنَ الْجَفَاءِ أَنْ يُكْثِرَ الرَّجُلُ مَسْحَ جَبْهَتِهِ، قَبْلَ الْفَرَاغِ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 964 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 162 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 964 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 965
It was
narrated from ‘Ali that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“Do
not crack your fingers during the prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو قُتَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، وَإِسْرَائِيلُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" لاَ تُفَقِّعْ أَصَابِعَكَ وَأَنْتَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 965 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 163 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 965 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 966
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
forbade a man to cover his mouth during the prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو سَعِيدٍ، سُفْيَانُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ الْمُؤَدِّبُ حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ ذَكْوَانَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَنْ يُغَطِّيَ الرَّجُلُ فَاهُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 966 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 164 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 966 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 967
It was
narrated from Ka’b bin ‘Ujrah that the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
saw a man who had interlocked his fingers during the prayer, so
the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) separated his fingers.
حَدَّثَنَا عَلْقَمَةُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الدَّارِمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَجْلاَنَ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ رَأَى رَجُلاً قَدْ شَبَّكَ أَصَابِعَهُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَفَرَّجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ بَيْنَ أَصَابِعِهِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 967 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 165 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 967 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 968
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“When anyone of you yawns, let him put his hand over his mouth
and
not make a sound, because Satan laughs at him.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا تَثَاءَبَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَضَعْ يَدَهُ عَلَى فِيهِ، وَلاَ يَعْوِي، فَإِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ يَضْحَكُ مِنْهُ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 968 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 166 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 968 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 969
It was
narrated from ‘Adi bin Thabit, from his father, from his
grandfather, that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“Spitting, blowing one’s
nose, menstruating and drowsiness during the prayer are from Satan.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ دُكَيْنٍ، عَنْ شَرِيكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْيَقْظَانِ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" الْبُزَاقُ وَالْمُخَاطُ وَالْحَيْضُ وَالنُّعَاسُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 969 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 167 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 969 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(43)
Chapter: The one who leads people in Prayer when they do not like him (to lead them)
(43)
باب مَنْ أَمَّ قَوْمًا وَهُمْ لَهُ كَارِهُونَ
Sunan Ibn Majah 970
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) said: ‘There are three whose prayer are not accepted: A man
who
leads people while they do not like him; a man who does not come
to
prayer until its end – meaning after its time has expired –
and one
who enslaves a freed person.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، وَجَعْفَرُ بْنُ عَوْنٍ، عَنِ الإِفْرِيقِيِّ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ عَبْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" ثَلاَثَةٌ لاَ تُقْبَلُ لَهُمْ صَلاَةٌ الرَّجُلُ يَؤُمُّ الْقَوْمَ وَهُمْ لَهُ كَارِهُونَ، وَالرَّجُلُ لاَ يَأْتِي الصَّلاَةَ إِلاَّ دِبَارًا - يَعْنِي بَعْدَ مَا يَفُوتُهُ الْوَقْتُ - وَمَنِ اعْتَبَدَ مُحَرَّرًا " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 970 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 168 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 970 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 971
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“There are three whose prayer do not rise more than a hand span
above their heads: A man who leads people (in prayer) when they do
not
like him; a woman who has spent the night with her husband angry
with
her; and two brothers who have severed contact with one
another.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنِ هَيَّاجٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الأَرْحَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدَةُ بْنُ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ، عَنِ الْمِنْهَالِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" ثَلاَثَةٌ لاَ تَرْتَفِعُ صَلاَتُهُمْ فَوْقَ رُءُوسِهِمْ شِبْرًا رَجُلٌ أَمَّ قَوْمًا وَهُمْ لَهُ كَارِهُونَ، وَامْرَأَةٌ بَاتَتْ وَزَوْجُهَا عَلَيْهَا سَاخِطٌ وَأَخَوَانِ مُتَصَارِمَانِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 971 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 169 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 971 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(44)
Chapter: Two are a congregation
(44)
باب الاِثْنَانِ جَمَاعَةٌ
Sunan Ibn Majah 972
It was
narrated that Abu Musa Al-Ash’ari said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) said: ‘Two or more people are a congregation.’”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ بَدْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، عَمْرِو بْنِ جَرَادٍ عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى الأَشْعَرِيِّ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" اثْنَانِ، فَمَا فَوْقَهُمَا، جَمَاعَةٌ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 972 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 170 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 972 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 973
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“I stayed overnight with my
maternal aunt Maimunah, and the Prophet (ﷺ) got up during the night
to perform prayer. So I got up and stood on his left. He took me by
the hand and made me stand on his right.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ، عَنِ الشَّعْبِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ بِتُّ عِنْدَ خَالَتِي مَيْمُونَةَ فَقَامَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ فَأَخَذَ بِيَدِي فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 973 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 171 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 973 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 974
Shurahbil
said:
“I heard Jabir bin ‘Abdullah say: ‘The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) was performing Maghrib, and I came and stood on his left,
but
he made me stand on his right.’”
حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو بِشْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ الْحَنَفِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُرَحْبِيلُ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يَقُولُ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي الْمَغْرِبَ، فَجِئْتُ فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 974 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 172 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 974 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 975
It was
narrated that Anas said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) led a
woman
of his household and myself in prayer. I stood to his right and
the
woman stood behind us.”
حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُخْتَارِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ بِامْرَأَةٍ مِنْ أَهْلِهِ، وَبِي، فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَصَلَّتِ الْمَرْأَةُ خَلْفَنَا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 975 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 173 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 975 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(45)
Chapter: Who is preferred to stand closest to the Imam
(45)
باب مَنْ يُسْتَحَبُّ أَنْ يَلِيَ الإِمَامَ
Sunan Ibn Majah 976
It was
narrated that Abu Mas’ud Al-Ansari said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) used to gently pat our shoulders (to make sure the row was
straight) at the time of prayer, saying: ‘Keep (the rows) straight,
do
not differ from one another lest your hearts should suffer from
discord. Let those who are forbearing and wise stand closest to me,
then those who are next to them, then those who are next to them.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ الأَنْصَارِيِّ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَمْسَحُ مَنَاكِبَنَا فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَيَقُولُ
" لاَ تَخْتَلِفُوا، فَتَخْتَلِفَ قُلُوبُكُمْ، لِيَلِيَنِي مِنْكُمْ أُولُو الأَحْلاَمِ وَالنُّهَى، ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ، ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 976 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 174 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 976 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 977
It was
narrated that Anas said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) liked
the
Muhajirun and Ansar to stand closest to him, so that they could
learn
from him.”
حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ يُحِبُّ أَنْ يَلِيَهُ الْمُهَاجِرُونَ وَالأَنْصَارُ، لِيَأْخُذُوا عَنْهُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 977 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 175 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 977 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 978
It was
narrated from Abu Sa’eed that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) saw
that
some of his Companions tended to stand in the rear, so he said:
“Come
forward and follow me, and let those who are behind you follow
your
lead. If people continue to lag behind, Allah will put them
back.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الأَشْهَبِ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ رَأَى فِي أَصْحَابِهِ تَأَخُّرًا فَقَالَ
" تَقَدَّمُوا فَأْتَمُّوا بِي، وَلْيَأْتَمَّ بِكُمْ مَنْ بَعْدَكُمْ، لاَ يَزَالُ قَوْمٌ يَتَأَخَّرُونَ حَتَّى يُؤَخِّرَهُمُ اللَّهُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 978 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 176 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 978 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(46)
Chapter: Who is most deserving of leading the Prayer
(46)
باب مَنْ أَحَقُّ بِالإِمَامَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 979
It was
narrated that Malik bin Huwairith said:
“I came to the Prophet
(ﷺ) with a friend of mine, and when we wanted to leave, he said to
us: ‘When the time for prayer comes, say the Adhan and Iqamah, then
let the older of you lead the prayer.’”
حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الصَّوَّافُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، قَالَ أَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَنَا وَصَاحِبٌ لِي فَلَمَّا أَرَدْنَا الاِنْصِرَافَ قَالَ لَنَا
" إِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَأَذِّنَا وَأَقِيمَا، وَلْيَؤُمَّكُمَا أَكْبَرُكُمَا " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 979 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 177 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 979 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 980
Abu
Mas’ud said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘The people
should be lead by the one who is most well-Versed in recitation of
the
Book of Allah. If they are equal in recitation, then they should
be
led by the one who emigrated first. If they are equal in
emigration,
then they should be led by the eldest. A man should not
be led among
his family or in his place of authority; no one should
be sat in his
place of honor in his house without permission, or
without his
permission.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ رَجَاءٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَوْسَ بْنَ ضَمْعَجٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا مَسْعُودٍ، يَقُولُ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" يَؤُمُّ الْقَوْمَ أَقْرَؤُهُمْ لِكِتَابِ اللَّهِ، فَإِنْ كَانَتْ قِرَاءَتُهُمْ سَوَاءً، فَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ أَقْدَمُهُمْ هِجْرَةً، فَإِنْ كَانَتِ الْهِجْرَةُ سَوَاءً، فَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ أَكْبَرُهُمْ سِنًّا، وَلاَ يُؤَمَّ الرَّجُلُ فِي أَهْلِهِ وَلاَ فِي سُلْطَانِهِ، وَلاَ يُجْلَسْ عَلَى تَكْرِمَتِهِ فِي بَيْتِهِ، إِلاَّ بِإِذْنٍ، أَوْ بِإِذْنِهِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 980 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 178 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 980 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(47)
Chapter: What is incumbent upon the Imam
(47)
باب مَا يَجِبُ عَلَى الإِمَامِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 981
Abu Hazim
said:
“Sahl bin Sa’d As-Sa’idi used to give preference to
the
young to lead his people in prayer. It was said to him: “Do you do
that, when you have such seniority (in Islam)?” He said: “I heard
the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: ‘The Imam is responsible. If he
does
well, then he will have the reward and so will they, but if he
does
badly, then that will be counted against him but not against
them.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، أَخُو فُلَيْحٍ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حَازِمٍ، قَالَ كَانَ سَهْلُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ يُقَدِّمُ فِتْيَانَ قَوْمِهِ يُصَلُّونَ بِهِمْ فَقِيلَ لَهُ تَفْعَلُ وَلَكَ مِنَ الْقِدَمِ مَا لَكَ قَالَ إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" الإِمَامُ ضَامِنٌ، فَإِنْ أَحْسَنَ، فَلَهُ وَلَهُمْ، وَإِنْ أَسَاءَ - يَعْنِي - فَعَلَيْهِ وَلاَ عَلَيْهِمْ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 981 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 179 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 981 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 982
It was
narrated that Salamah bint Hurr, the sister of Kharashah, said:
“I
heard the Prophet (ﷺ) say: ‘A time will come when the people will
stand for a long time and will not be able to find any Imam to lead
them in prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ أُمِّ غُرَابٍ، عَنِ امْرَأَةٍ، يُقَالُ لَهَا عَقِيلَةُ عَنْ سَلاَمَةَ بِنْتِ الْحُرِّ، أُخْتِ خَرَشَةَ قَالَتْ سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَقُومُونَ سَاعَةً، لاَ يَجِدُونَ إِمَامًا يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 982 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 180 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 982 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 983
It was
narrated from Abu ‘Ali Al-Hamdani that he went out in a ship in
which ‘Uqbah bin ‘Amir Al-Juhani was present. The time for prayer
came, and we told him to lead us in prayer and said to him:
“You
are
the most deserving of that, you were the Companion of the
Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ).” But he refused and said: “I heard the
Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) say: ‘Whoever leads the people and gets it
right, the prayer
will be for him and for them, but if he falls
short, then that will be
counted against him but not against them.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحْرِزُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْعَدَنِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حَرْمَلَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَلِيٍّ الْهَمْدَانِيِّ، أَنَّهُ خَرَجَ فِي سَفِينَةٍ فِيهَا عُقْبَةُ بْنُ عَامِرٍ الْجُهَنِيُّ فَحَانَتْ صَلاَةٌ مِنَ الصَّلَوَاتِ فَأَمَرْنَاهُ أَنْ يَؤُمَّنَا وَقُلْنَا لَهُ إِنَّكَ أَحَقُّنَا بِذَلِكَ أَنْتَ صَاحِبُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَأَبَى فَقَالَ إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" مَنْ أَمَّ النَّاسَ فَأَصَابَ، فَالصَّلاَةُ لَهُ وَلَهُمْ، وَمَنِ انْتَقَصَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ شَيْئًا فَعَلَيْهِ، وَلاَ عَلَيْهِمْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 983 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 181 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 983 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(48)
Chapter: Whoever leads people (in Prayer), let him make it short
(48)
باب مَنْ أَمَّ قَوْمًا فَلْيُخَفِّفْ
Sunan Ibn Majah 984
It was
narrated that Abu Mas’ud said:
“A man came to the Prophet
(ﷺ)
and said: ‘O Messenger of Allah! I stay behind and do not
perform
the morning prayer (in congregation) because of so-and-so, for
he
makes it too long for us.’ I never saw the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
preaching with such anger as he did that day. He said; ‘O people!
There are among you those who repel others. Whoever among you leads
others in prayer, let him keep it short, for among them are those who
are weak and elderly, and those who have pressing needs.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ أَتَى النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي لأَتَأَخَّرُ فِي صَلاَةِ الْغَدَاةِ مِنْ أَجْلِ فُلاَنٍ لِمَا يُطِيلُ بِنَا فِيهَا . قَالَ فَمَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَطُّ فِي مَوْعِظَةٍ أَشَدَّ غَضَبًا مِنْهُ يَوْمَئِذٍ
" يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ إِنَّ مِنْكُمْ مُنَفِّرِينَ فَأَيُّكُمْ مَا صَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ فَلْيُجَوِّزْ فَإِنَّ فِيهِمُ الضَّعِيفَ وَالْكَبِيرَ وَذَا الْحَاجَةِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 984 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 182 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 984 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 985
It was
narrated that Anas bin Malik said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
used to make his prayer brief but perfect.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ، وَحُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ صُهَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُوجِزُ وَيُتِمُّ الصَّلاَةَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 985 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 183 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 985 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 986
It was
narrated that Jabir said:
“Mu’adh bin Jabal Al-Ansari led his
companions in the ‘Isha’ prayer and he made it long. A man among
us
went away and prayed by himself. Mu’adh was told about that and
he
said: ‘He is a hypocrite.’ When the man heard about that, he
went to
the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) and told him what Mu’adh had
said to him.
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: ‘Do you want to be a cause of
Fitnah (trial,
tribulation), O Mu’adh? When you lead the people in
prayer, recite “By
the sun and its brightness,”[Ash-Shams 91] and
“Glorify the Name of
your Lord the Most High,” [Al-A’la 87] and
“By the night as it
envelopes,” [Al-Lail 92] and “Recite in the
Name of your
Lord.’”[Al-‘Alaq]
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ صَلَّى مُعَاذُ بْنُ جَبَلٍ الأَنْصَارِيُّ بِأَصْحَابِهِ صَلاَةَ الْعِشَاءِ فَطَوَّلَ عَلَيْهِمْ فَانْصَرَفَ رَجُلٌ مِنَّا فَصَلَّى فَأُخْبِرَ مُعَاذٌ عَنْهُ فَقَالَ إِنَّهُ مُنَافِقٌ . فَلَمَّا بَلَغَ ذَلِكَ الرَّجُلَ دَخَلَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَأَخْبَرَهُ مَا قَالَ لَهُ مُعَاذٌ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" أَتُرِيدُ أَنْ تَكُونَ فَتَّانًا يَا مُعَاذُ إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ بِالنَّاسِ فَاقْرَأْ بِالشَّمْسِ وَضُحَاهَا وَسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى وَاقْرَأْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 986 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 184 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 986 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 987
It was
narrated that Mutarrif bin ‘Abdullah bin Shikhkhir said:
“I
heard
‘Uthman bin Abul-‘As say: “The last thing that the Prophet
(ﷺ)
enjoined on me when he appointed me governor of Ta’if was
that he
said: “O ‘Uthman! Be tolerable in prayer and estimate the
people based
upon the weakest among them, for among them are the
elderly, the
young, the sick, those who live far from the mosque, and
those who
have pressing needs.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الشِّخِّيرِ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ عُثْمَانَ بْنَ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، يَقُولُ كَانَ آخِرَ مَا عَهِدَ إِلَىَّ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ حِينَ أَمَّرَنِي عَلَى الطَّائِفِ قَالَ لِي
" يَا عُثْمَانُ تَجَاوَزْ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَاقْدِرِ النَّاسَ بِأَضْعَفِهِمْ فَإِنَّ فِيهِمُ الْكَبِيرَ وَالصَّغِيرَ وَالسَّقِيمَ وَالْبَعِيدَ وَذَا الْحَاجَةِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 987 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 185 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 987 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 988
‘Uthman
bin Abul-‘As narrated that the last thing the Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) enjoined on him was that he said:
“When you lead people,
keep
it short for them.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، قَالَ حَدَّثَ عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، أَنَّ آخِرَ، مَا قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا أَمَمْتَ قَوْمًا فَأَخِفَّ بِهِمْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 988 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 186 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 988 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(49)
Chapter: The Imam should make the Prayer short if something happens
(49)
باب الإِمَامِ يُخَفِّفُ الصَّلاَةَ إِذَا حَدَثَ أَمْرٌ
Sunan Ibn Majah 989
It was
narrated that Anas bin Malik said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
said: ‘I start prayer and I want to make it long, but then I
hear
an infant crying, so I make my prayer short, because I know the
distress caused to the mother by his crying.’”
حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنِّي لأَدْخُلُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَأَنَا أُرِيدُ إِطَالَتَهَا فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ فَأَتَجَوَّزُ فِي صَلاَتِي مِمَّا أَعْلَمُ لِوَجْدِ أُمِّهِ بِبُكَائِهِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 989 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 187 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 989 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 990
It was
narrated that ‘Uthman bin Abul-‘As said:
“The Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘I hear an infant crying so I make the prayer
short.’”
حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي كَرِيمَةَ الْحَرَّانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُلاَثَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ حَسَّانٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنِّي لأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ فَأَتَجَوَّزُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 990 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 188 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 990 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 991
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin Abu Qatadah that his father said:
“The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘I get up to perform prayer and I
intend to make it long, but then I hear an infant crying, so I make
it
short, because I do not like to cause distress to his mother.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَاحِدِ، وَبِشْرُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، عَنِ الأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنِّي لأَقُومُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَأَنَا أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُطَوِّلَ فِيهَا فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ فَأَتَجَوَّزُ كَرَاهِيَةَ أَنْ أَشُقَّ عَلَى أُمِّهِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 991 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 189 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 991 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(50)
Chapter: Straightening the rows
(50)
باب إِقَامَةِ الصُّفُوفِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 992
It was
narrated that Jabir bin Samurah As-Suwa’i said:
“The Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘Will you not form your rows as the angels form
their rows before their Lord?’ We said: ‘How do the angels form
their rows before their Lord?’ He said: ‘They complete the first
row and they stand close of one another in the line (leaving no gaps
between one another).’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ تَمِيمِ بْنِ طَرَفَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ السُّوَائِيِّ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ " أَلاَ تَصُفُّونَ كَمَا تَصُفُّ الْمَلاَئِكَةُ عِنْدَ رَبِّهَا " . قَالَ قُلْنَا وَكَيْفَ تَصُفُّ الْمَلاَئِكَةُ عِنْدَ رَبِّهَا قَالَ " يُتِمُّونَ الصُّفُوفَ الأُوَلَ وَيَتَرَاصُّونَ فِي الصَّفِّ " .
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 992 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 190 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 992 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 993
It was
narrated that Anas bin Malik said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
said: ‘Make your rows straight, for straightening the rows is
part
of completing the prayer.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي وَبِشْرُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ فَإِنَّ تَسْوِيَةَ الصُّفُوفِ مِنْ تَمَامِ الصَّلاَةِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 993 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 191 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 993 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 994
Simak bin
Harb narrated that he heard Nu’man bin Bashir say:
“The
Messenger
of Allah (ﷺ) used to straighten the rows until he made
them like a
spear or an arrow-shaft. Once he saw a man’s chest
(sticking out)
so the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘Make your rows
straight or
Allah will create division among you.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا سِمَاكُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ النُّعْمَانَ بْنَ بَشِيرٍ، يَقُولُ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُسَوِّي الصَّفَّ حَتَّى يَجْعَلَهُ مِثْلَ الرُّمْحِ أَوِ الْقِدْحِ . قَالَ فَرَأَى صَدْرَ رَجُلٍ نَاتِئًا فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ
" سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ أَوْ لَيُخَالِفَنَّ اللَّهُ بَيْنَ وُجُوهِكُمْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 994 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 192 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 994 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 995
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
‘Allah and His angels send blessings upon those who complete the
rows, and whoever fills a gap, Allah will raise him one degree in
status thereby.’”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلاَئِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الَّذِينَ يَصِلُونَ الصُّفُوفَ وَمَنْ سَدَّ فُرْجَةً رَفَعَهُ اللَّهُ بِهَا دَرَجَةً " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 995 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 193 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 995 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(51)
Chapter: The virtue of the front rows
(51)
باب فَضْلِ الصَّفِّ الْمُقَدَّمِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 996
It was
narrated from ‘Irbad bin Sariyah that the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
used to ask for forgiveness for the first row three times and
for the
second row twice.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَنْبَأَنَا هِشَامٌ الدَّسْتَوَائِيُّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ مَعْدَانَ، عَنْ عِرْبَاضِ بْنِ سَارِيَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَسْتَغْفِرُ لِلصَّفِّ الْمُقَدَّمِ، ثَلاَثًا، وَلِلثَّانِي، مَرَّةً .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 996 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 194 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 996 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 997
Bara’
bin ‘Azib said:
“I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say:
‘Allah
and the angels send blessings upon the first row.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ طَلْحَةَ بْنَ مُصَرِّفٍ، يَقُولُ سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ عَوْسَجَةَ، يَقُولُ سَمِعْتُ الْبَرَاءَ بْنَ عَازِبٍ، يَقُولُ سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلاَئِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الصُّفُوفِ الأُوَلِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 997 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 195 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 997 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 998
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘If they knew what (goodness) there is in the first row, they
would cast lots for it.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو ثَوْرٍ، إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو قَطَنٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ خِلاَسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" لَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي الصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ لَكَانَتْ قُرْعَةٌ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 998 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 196 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 998 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 999
It was
narrated from Ibrahim bin ‘Abdur-Rahman bin ‘Awf that his
father
said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘Allah and the angels
send blessings upon the first row.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُصَفَّى الْحِمْصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ عِيَاضٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلاَئِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 999 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 197 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 999 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(52)
Chapter: The women’s rows
(52)
باب صُفُوفِ النِّسَاءِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1000
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘The best rows for women are the back rows, and the worst are
the front rows, and the best rows for men are the front rows, and the
worst are the back rows.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنِ الْعَلاَءِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَعَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" خَيْرُ صُفُوفِ النِّسَاءِ آخِرُهَا، وَشَرُّهَا أَوَّلُهَا، وَخَيْرُ صُفُوفِ الرِّجَالِ أَوَّلُهَا، وَشَرُّهَا آخِرُهَا " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1000 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 198 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1000 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1001
It was
narrated that Jabir bin ‘Abdullah said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) said: ‘The best rows for men are the front rows and the
worst
rows are the back rows, and the best rows for women are the back
rows
and the worst are the front rows.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" خَيْرُ صُفُوفِ الرِّجَالِ مُقَدَّمُهَا، وَشَرُّهَا مُؤَخَّرُهَا، وَخَيْرُ صُفُوفِ النِّسَاءِ مُؤَخَّرُهَا، وَشَرُّهَا مُقَدَّمُهَا " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1001 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 199 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1001 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(53)
Chapter: Prayer between two pillars in a row
(53)
باب الصَّلاَةِ بَيْنَ السَّوَارِي فِي الصَّفِّ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1002
It was
narrated from Mu’awiyah bin Qurrah that his father said:
“We
were
forbidden to form a row between two pillars at the time of the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), and we would be repelled from them
forcefully.”
حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ أَبُو طَالِبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ، وَأَبُو قُتَيْبَةَ قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ قُرَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ كُنَّا نُنْهَى أَنْ نَصُفَّ، بَيْنَ السَّوَارِي عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ وَنُطْرَدُ عَنْهَا طَرْدًا .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1002 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 200 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1002 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(54)
Chapter: A man’s prayer behind the row on his own
(54)
باب صَلاَةِ الرَّجُلِ خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ وَحْدَهُ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1003
‘Abdur-Rahman bin ‘Ali bin Shaiban narrated that his father, ‘Ali
bin
Shaiban, who was part of the delegation, said:
“We set out
until we
came to the Prophet (ﷺ). We gave him our oath of
allegiance and
performed prayer behind him. Then we offered another
prayer behind
him. He finished the prayer and saw a man on his own,
praying behind
the row.” He said: “The Prophet of Allah (ﷺ)
stood beside him and
when he finished he said: ‘Repeat your prayer;
there is no prayer for
the one who is behind the row.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُلاَزِمُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَدْرٍ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ - وَكَانَ مِنَ الْوَفْدِ - قَالَ خَرَجْنَا حَتَّى قَدِمْنَا عَلَى النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَبَايَعْنَاهُ وَصَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَهُ ثُمَّ صَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ صَلاَةً أُخْرَى فَقَضَى الصَّلاَةَ فَرَأَى رَجُلاً فَرْدًا يُصَلِّي خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ . قَالَ فَوَقَفَ عَلَيْهِ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ حِينَ انْصَرَفَ قَالَ
" اسْتَقْبِلْ صَلاَتَكَ، لاَ صَلاَةَ لِلَّذِي خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1003 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 201 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1003 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1004
It was
narrated that Hilal bin Yasaf said:
“Ziyad bin Abu-Ja’d took me
by the hand and made me stand near an old man at Raqqah, whose name
was Wabisah bin Ma’bad. He said: ‘A man performed prayer behind
the
row on his own, and the Prophet (ﷺ) commanded him to repeat the
prayer.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ حُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ هِلاَلِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، قَالَ أَخَذَ بِيَدِي زِيَادُ بْنُ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ فَأَوْقَفَنِي عَلَى شَيْخٍ بِالرَّقَّةِ يُقَالُ لَهُ وَابِصَةُ بْنُ مَعْبَدٍ فَقَالَ صَلَّى رَجُلٌ خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ وَحْدَهُ فَأَمَرَهُ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَنْ يُعِيدَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1004 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 202 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1004 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(55)
Chapter: The virtue of the right side of the row
(55)
باب فَضْلِ مَيْمَنَةِ الصَّفِّ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1005
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
‘Allah and His angels send blessings upon the right side of the
rows.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلاَئِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى مَيَامِنِ الصُّفُوفِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1005 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 203 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1005 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1006
It was
narrated that Bara’ said:
“When we performed prayer behind the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) (One of the narrators) Mis’ar said: ‘One
of
the things we liked, or one of the things I liked’ ‘was to
stand to
his right.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ ثَابِتِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ، قَالَ كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ - قَالَ مِسْعَرٌ - مِمَّا نُحِبُّ أَوْ مِمَّا أُحِبُّ أَنْ نَقُومَ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1006 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 204 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1006 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1007
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“It was said to the Prophet
(ﷺ):
‘The left side of the mosque has been abandoned. The Prophet
(ﷺ)
said: “Whoever frequents the left side of the mosque, two Kifl*
of
reward will be recorded for him.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي الْحُسَيْنِ أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الْكِلاَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الرَّقِّيُّ، عَنْ لَيْثِ بْنِ أَبِي سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ قِيلَ لِلنَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِنَّ مَيْسَرَةَ الْمَسْجِدِ تَعَطَّلَتْ . فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ عَمَّرَ مَيْسَرَةَ الْمَسْجِدِ كُتِبَ لَهُ كِفْلاَنِ مِنَ الأَجْرِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1007 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 205 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1007 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(56)
Chapter: The Prayer direction
(56)
باب الْقِبْلَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1008
It was
narrated that Jabir said:
“When the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
finished Tawaf around the House (the Ka’bah), he came to Maqam of
Ibrahim (the Station of Ibrahim). ‘Umar said: ‘O Messenger of
Allah,
this is the Station of our father Ibrahim about which Allah
said: “And
take you (people) the Maqam of Ibrahim as a place of
prayer.’” [2:125]
حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ لَمَّا فَرَغَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ مِنْ طَوَافِ الْبَيْتِ أَتَى مَقَامَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ فَقَالَ عُمَرُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ هَذَا مَقَامُ أَبِينَا إِبْرَاهِيمَ الَّذِي قَالَ اللَّهُ {وَاتَّخِذُوا مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى } .
قَالَ الْوَلِيدُ فَقُلْتُ لِمَالِكٍ أَهَكَذَا قَرَأَ {وَاتَّخِذُوا} قَالَ نَعَمْ .
قَالَ الْوَلِيدُ فَقُلْتُ لِمَالِكٍ أَهَكَذَا قَرَأَ {وَاتَّخِذُوا} قَالَ نَعَمْ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1008 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 206 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1008 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1009
It was
narrated that Anas bin Malik told that ‘Umar said:
“I said: ‘O
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), why do you not take the Maqam of Ibrahim as
a place of prayer?’ Then the following was revealed: ‘And take
you
(people) the Maqam of Ibrahim as a place of prayer.’” [2:125]
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ الطَّوِيلِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ قَالَ عُمَرُ قُلْتُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ لَوِ اتَّخَذْتَ مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى فَنَزَلَتْ {وَاتَّخِذُوا مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى} .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1009 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 207 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1009 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1010
It was
narrated that Bara’ said:
“We prayed with the Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) facing towards Baitul-Maqdis (Jerusalem) for eighteen
months,
then the Qiblah was changed to the Ka’bah two months after the
Prophet (ﷺ) entered Al-Madinah. When the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
prayed towards Baitul-Maqdis, he would often lift his face towards
the
heavens, and Allah knew what was in the heart of His Prophet and
how
he longed to face the Ka’bah (during prayer). Jibril appeared
(in the
sky), and the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) started watching him
as he was
descending between the heavens and the earth, waiting to
see what he
would bring. Then Allah revealed the words: ‘Verily, We
have seen the
turning of your face towards the heaven. Surely, We
shall turn you to
a Qiblah that shall please you, so turn your face
in the direction of
Al-Masjid Al-Haram (at Makkah). And wherever you
people are, turn your
faces (during prayer) in that direction.’
[2:144] Then someone came to
us and said: ‘The Qiblah has been
changed to the Ka’bah.’ We had
performed two Rak’ah facing
towards Jerusalem. And we were bowing. So
we turned around, and we
continued our prayer. The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) said: ‘O Jibril!
What about our prayer facing towards Baitul-
Maqdis?’ Then Allah
revealed the words: “And Allah would never make
your faith to be
lost.” [2:143]
حَدَّثَنَا عَلْقَمَةُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الدَّارِمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ، قَالَ صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ نَحْوَ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ ثَمَانِيَةَ عَشَرَ شَهْرًا وَصُرِفَتِ الْقِبْلَةُ إِلَى الْكَعْبَةِ بَعْدَ دُخُولِهِ إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ بِشَهْرَيْنِ وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا صَلَّى إِلَى بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ أَكْثَرَ تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِهِ فِي السَّمَاءِ وَعَلِمَ اللَّهُ مِنْ قَلْبِ نَبِيِّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَنَّهُ يَهْوَى الْكَعْبَةَ فَصَعِدَ جِبْرِيلُ فَجَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُتْبِعُهُ بَصَرَهُ وَهُوَ يَصْعَدُ بَيْنَ السَّمَاءِ وَالأَرْضِ يَنْظُرُ مَا يَأْتِيهِ بِهِ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ {قَدْ نَرَى تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِكَ فِي السَّمَاءِ} الآيَةَ فَأَتَانَا آتٍ فَقَالَ إِنَّ الْقِبْلَةَ قَدْ صُرِفَتْ إِلَى الْكَعْبَةِ وَقَدْ صَلَّيْنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ إِلَى بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ وَنَحْنُ رُكُوعٌ فَتَحَوَّلْنَا فَبَنَيْنَا عَلَى مَا مَضَى مِنْ صَلاَتِنَا فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ " يَا جِبْرِيلُ كَيْفَ حَالُنَا فِي صَلاَتِنَا إِلَى بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ " . فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ {وَمَا كَانَ اللَّهُ لِيُضِيعَ إِيمَانَكُمْ} .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1010 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 208 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1010 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1011
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘What is between the east and the west is the Qiblah (prayer
direction).’”*
*This refers to the Qiblah for the the inhabitants of Al-Madinah. (Makkah is to the exact south of Al-Madinah.)
*This refers to the Qiblah for the the inhabitants of Al-Madinah. (Makkah is to the exact south of Al-Madinah.)
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى الأَزْدِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا هَاشِمُ بْنُ الْقَاسِمِ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى النَّيْسَابُورِيُّ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْشَرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَا بَيْنَ الْمَشْرِقِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ قِبْلَةٌ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1011 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 209 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1011 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(57)
Chapter: The one who enters the mosque should not sit down until he performs some Rak’ah
(57)
باب مَنْ دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلاَ يَجْلِسْ حَتَّى يَرْكَعَ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1012
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“When anyone of you enters the mosque, let him not sit down
until
he performs two Rak’ah.”
حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ الْمُنْذِرِ الْحِزَامِيُّ، وَيَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنْ كَثِيرِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنِ الْمُطَّلِبِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا دَخَلَ أَحَدُكُمُ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلاَ يَجْلِسْ حَتَّى يَرْكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1012 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 210 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1012 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1013
It was
narrated from Abu Qatadah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“When
one of
you enters the mosque, let him perform two Rak’ah before he
sits
down.”
حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا دَخَلَ أَحَدُكُمُ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلْيُصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1013 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 211 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1013 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(58)
Chapter: “Whoever eats garlic, let him not come near the mosque”
(58)
باب مَنْ أَكَلَ الثُّومَ فَلاَ يَقْرَبَنَّ الْمَسْجِدَ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1014
It was
narrated from Ma’dan bin Abu Talhah Al-Ya’muri that ‘Umar bin
Khattab stood up one Friday to deliver a sermon, or, he delivered a
sermon one Friday. He praised Allah, then he said:
“O people, you
eat
two plants that I find are nothing but obnoxious; this garlic and
this
onion. At the time of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), if a foul
odour
was detected from a man, I would see him seized by the arm and
taken
out to Al-Baqi’. Whoever must eat them, let him cook them to
death.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ الْغَطَفَانِيِّ، عَنْ مَعْدَانَ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ الْيَعْمُرِيِّ، أَنَّ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، قَامَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ خَطِيبًا - أَوْ خَطَبَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ - فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ وَأَثْنَى عَلَيْهِ ثُمَّ قَالَ يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ إِنَّكُمْ تَأْكُلُونَ شَجَرَتَيْنِ لاَ أُرَاهُمَا إِلاَّ خَبِيثَتَيْنِ هَذَا الثُّومُ وَهَذَا الْبَصَلُ وَلَقَدْ كُنْتُ أَرَى الرَّجُلَ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُوجَدُ رِيحُهُ مِنْهُ فَيُؤْخَذُ بِيَدِهِ حَتَّى يُخْرَجَ إِلَى الْبَقِيعِ فَمَنْ كَانَ آكِلَهَا لاَ بُدَّ فَلْيُمِتْهَا طَبْخًا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1014 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 212 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1014 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1015
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘Whoever eats from this plant; garlic, let him not annoy us
with
it in this mosque of ours.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَرْوَانَ الْعُثْمَانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ أَكَلَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الشَّجَرَةِ الثُّومِ فَلاَ يُؤْذِينَا بِهَا فِي مَسْجِدِنَا هَذَا " .
قَالَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ وَكَانَ أَبِي يَزِيدُ فِيهِ الْكُرَّاثَ وَالْبَصَلَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ . يَعْنِي أَنَّهُ يَزِيدُ عَلَى حَدِيثِ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ فِي الثُّومِ .
قَالَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ وَكَانَ أَبِي يَزِيدُ فِيهِ الْكُرَّاثَ وَالْبَصَلَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ . يَعْنِي أَنَّهُ يَزِيدُ عَلَى حَدِيثِ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ فِي الثُّومِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1015 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 213 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1015 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1016
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
‘Whoever eats anything from this plant, let him not come to the
mosque.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ رَجَاءٍ الْمَكِّيُّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ أَكَلَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الشَّجَرَةِ شَيْئًا فَلاَ يَأْتِيَنَّ الْمَسْجِدَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1016 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 214 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1016 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(59)
Chapter: If the greeting is given to a person who is performing Prayer, how should he respond?
(59)
باب الْمُصَلِّي يُسَلَّمُ عَلَيْهِ كَيْفَ يَرُدُّ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1017
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) came to the mosque at Quba’ and performed prayer there.
Some
men of the Ansar came and greeted him. I asked Suhaib, who was
with
him: ‘How did the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) respond to them?’ He
said: ‘He gestured with his hand.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الطَّنَافِسِيُّ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ أَتَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ مَسْجِدَ قُبَاءٍ يُصَلِّي فِيهِ، فَجَاءَتْ رِجَالٌ مِنَ الأَنْصَارِ يُسَلِّمُونَ عَلَيْهِ، فَسَأَلْتُ صُهَيْبًا، وَكَانَ مَعَهُ: كَيْفَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَرُدُّ عَلَيْهِمْ؟ قَالَ: كَانَ يُشِيرُ بِيَدِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1017 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 215 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1017 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1018
It was
narrated that Jabir said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) sent me on an
errand,
then I caught up with him while he was performing prayer, and
I
greeted him. He gestured to me, then when he finished, he called me
and said: ‘You greeted me before, but I was performing prayer.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ الْمِصْرِيُّ، أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ بَعَثَنِي النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ لِحَاجَةٍ ثُمَّ أَدْرَكْتُهُ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ فَأَشَارَ إِلَىَّ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ دَعَانِي فَقَالَ
" إِنَّكَ سَلَّمْتَ عَلَىَّ آنِفًا وَأَنَا أُصَلِّي " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1018 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 216 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1018 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1019
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah said:
“We would greet others during
the
prayer, and it was said to us: ‘During the prayer one is
preoccupied.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الدَّارِمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا النَّضْرُ بْنُ شُمَيْلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ كُنَّا نُسَلِّمُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَقِيلَ لَنَا إِنَّ فِي الصَّلاَةِ لَشُغْلاً .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1019 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 217 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1019 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(60)
Chapter: Whoever performs Prayer facing a direction other than the Qiblah without realizing
(60)
باب مَنْ يُصَلِّي لِغَيْرِ الْقِبْلَةِ وَهُوَ لاَ يَعْلَمُ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1020
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amir bin Rabi’ah that his father
said:
“We were with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) on a journey, and
the
sky was overcast so it was difficult for us to determine the
Qiblah.
So we performed prayer, and we marked the location.* Later,
when the
sun reappeared, we realized that we had prayed facing a
direction
other than the Qiblah. We mentioned that to the Prophet
(ﷺ), then
the Words were revealed: ‘So wherever you turn there is
the Face of
Allah.’” [2:115]
حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَشْعَثُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ أَبُو الرَّبِيعِ السَّمَّانُ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَامِرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ كُنَّا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي سَفَرٍ فَتَغَيَّمَتِ السَّمَاءُ وَأَشْكَلَتْ عَلَيْنَا الْقِبْلَةُ فَصَلَّيْنَا وَأَعْلَمْنَا فَلَمَّا طَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ إِذَا نَحْنُ قَدْ صَلَّيْنَا لِغَيْرِ الْقِبْلَةِ فَذَكَرْنَا ذَلِكَ لِلنَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ {فَأَيْنَمَا تُوَلُّوا فَثَمَّ وَجْهُ اللَّهِ} .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1020 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 218 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1020 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(61)
Chapter: The one who spits performing Prayer
(61)
باب الْمُصَلِّي يَتَنَخَّمُ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1021
It was
narrated that Tariq bin ‘Abdullah Al-Muharibi said:
“The
Prophet
(ﷺ) said: ‘When you perform prayer, do not spit in front of
you
or to your right, but spit to your left or beneath your feet.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ رِبْعِيِّ بْنِ حِرَاشٍ، عَنْ طَارِقِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْمُحَارِبِيِّ، قَالَ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ فَلاَ تَبْزُقَنَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْكَ، وَلاَ عَنْ يَمِينِكَ، وَلَكِنِ ابْزُقْ عَنْ يَسَارِكَ، أَوْ تَحْتَ قَدَمِكَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1021 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 219 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1021 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1022
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
saw some
sputum in the direction of the Qiblah of the mosque. He
turned to the
people and said:
“What is wrong with one of you that he
stands
facing Him (meaning his Lord) and spits in front of Him? Would
anyone
like to be faced by someone who spits in his face? If anyone of
you
needs to spit, then let him spit to his left, or let him do like
this
in his garment.”
Then Ismail (Abu Bakr bin Abu Shuaibah) showed me how he spat in his garment then rubbed it.
Then Ismail (Abu Bakr bin Abu Shuaibah) showed me how he spat in his garment then rubbed it.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مِهْرَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ رَأَى نُخَامَةً فِي قِبْلَةِ الْمَسْجِدِ فَأَقْبَلَ عَلَى النَّاسِ فَقَالَ
" مَا بَالُ أَحَدِكُمْ يَقُومُ مُسْتَقْبِلَهُ - يَعْنِي رَبَّهُ - فَيَتَنَخَّعُ أَمَامَهُ أَيُحِبُّ أَحَدُكُمْ أَنْ يُسْتَقْبَلَ فَيُتَنَخَّعَ فِي وَجْهِهِ إِذَا بَزَقَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَبْزُقَنَّ عَنْ شِمَالِهِ أَوْ لِيَقُلْ هَكَذَا فِي ثَوْبِهِ " . ثُمَّ أَرَانِي إِسْمَاعِيلُ يَبْزُقُ فِي ثَوْبِهِ ثُمَّ يَدْلُكُهُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1022 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 220 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1022 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1023
It was
narrated from Hudhaifah that he saw Shabath bin Rib’i spitting
in
front of him. He said:
“O Shabath! Do not spit in front of you, for
the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to forbid that, and he said: ‘When
a
man stands up to perform prayer, Allah turns His Face towards him
until he turns away or he commits an evil Hadath.’”*
* In Injah Al-Hajah, 'Abdul-Ghani Dehlawi said: "Meaning he does a matter that negates the Khushu'(submissiveness) and attentiveness of his prayer. Or, the meaning of Hadath is invalidating the ablution. The only reason that he described it as 'evil' is because in most cases, its occurrence during prayer is from Shaitan."
* In Injah Al-Hajah, 'Abdul-Ghani Dehlawi said: "Meaning he does a matter that negates the Khushu'(submissiveness) and attentiveness of his prayer. Or, the meaning of Hadath is invalidating the ablution. The only reason that he described it as 'evil' is because in most cases, its occurrence during prayer is from Shaitan."
حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى شَبَثَ بْنَ رِبْعِيٍّ بَزَقَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَقَالَ يَا شَبَثُ لاَ تَبْزُقْ بَيْنَ يَدَيْكَ فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَنْهَى عَنْ ذَلِكَ وَقَالَ
" إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ إِذَا قَامَ يُصَلِّي أَقْبَلَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ بِوَجْهِهِ حَتَّى يَنْقَلِبَ أَوْ يُحْدِثَ حَدَثَ سُوءٍ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1023 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 221 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1023 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1024
It was
narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
spat
on his garment while he was performing prayer, then he rubbed it.
حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ، وَعَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الصَّمَدِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ بَزَقَ فِي ثَوْبِهِ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ ثُمَّ دَلَكَهُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1024 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 222 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1024 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(62)
Chapter: Smoothing the pebbles during Prayer
(62)
باب مَسْحِ الْحَصَى فِي الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1025
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“Whoever smoothes the pebbles, then he has engaged in Laghw.”*
*Meaning he has done what is not suitable.
*Meaning he has done what is not suitable.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ مَسَّ الْحَصَى فَقَدْ لَغَا " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1025 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 223 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1025 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1026
It was
narrated that Mu’aiqib said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said,
concerning smoothing the pebbles during prayer: ‘If you must do
that, then do it only once.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنِي مُعَيْقِيبٌ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي مَسْحِ الْحَصَى فِي الصَّلاَةِ
" إِنْ كُنْتَ فَاعِلاً فَمَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1026 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 224 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1026 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1027
It was
narrated that Abu Dharr said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
‘When anyone of you gets up to perform prayer, then indeed mercy
is
facing him, so he should not smooth the pebbles.’”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الأَحْوَصِ اللَّيْثِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا قَامَ أَحَدُكُمْ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ فَإِنَّ الرَّحْمَةَ تُوَاجِهُهُ فَلاَ يَمْسَحِ الْحَصَى " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1027 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 225 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1027 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(63)
Chapter: Performing Prayer upon a Khumrah
(63)
باب الصَّلاَةِ عَلَى الْخُمْرَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1028
Maimunah
the wife of the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
used to perform prayer on a Khumrah.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ الْعَوَّامِ، عَنِ الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ، حَدَّثَتْنِي مَيْمُونَةُ، زَوْجُ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَتْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي عَلَى الْخُمْرَةِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1028 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 226 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1028 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1029
It was
narrated that Abu Sa’eed said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
performed prayer on a reed mat.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ عَلَى حَصِيرٍ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1029 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 227 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1029 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1030
It was
narrated that ‘Amr bin Dinar said:
“When Ibn ‘Abbas was in
Basrah, he performed prayer on his rug, then he told his companions
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to perform prayer on his rug.”
حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، حَدَّثَنِي زَمْعَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، قَالَ صَلَّى ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ وَهُوَ بِالْبَصْرَةِ عَلَى بِسَاطِهِ ثُمَّ حَدَّثَ أَصْحَابَهُ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُصَلِّي عَلَى بِسَاطِهِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1030 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 228 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1030 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(64)
Chapter: Prostrating on a garment when it is hot or cold
(64)
باب السُّجُودِ عَلَى الثِّيَابِ فِي الْحَرِّ وَالْبَرْدِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1031
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Abdur-Rahman said:
“The Prophet
(ﷺ) came to us and led us in prayer in the mosque of Banu
‘Abdul-
Ashhal, and I saw him putting his hands on his garment when
he
prostrated.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الدَّرَاوَرْدِيُّ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ جَاءَنَا النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَصَلَّى بِنَا فِي مَسْجِدِ بَنِي عَبْدِ الأَشْهَلِ فَرَأَيْتُهُ وَاضِعًا يَدَيْهِ عَلَى ثَوْبِهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1031 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 229 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1031 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1032
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Abdur-Rahman bin Thabit bin
Samit,
from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) performed prayer among Banu ‘Abdul-Ashhal, wearing a cloak
in
which he was wrapped and putting his hands on it to protect them
from
the cold of the pebbles.
حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ مُسَافِرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي أُوَيْسٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ الأَشْهَلِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ ثَابِتِ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ صَلَّى فِي بَنِي عَبْدِ الأَشْهَلِ وَعَلَيْهِ كِسَاءٌ مُتَلَفِّفٌ بِهِ يَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَيْهِ يَقِيهِ بَرْدَ الْحَصَى .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1032 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 230 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1032 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1033
It was
narrated that Anas bin Malik said:
“We used to perform prayer
with
the Prophet (ﷺ) when it was very hot. When one of us could not
place his forehead firmly on the ground, he would spread his garment
and prostrate on it.”
حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ حَبِيبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، عَنْ غَالِبٍ الْقَطَّانِ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي شِدَّةِ الْحَرِّ فَإِذَا لَمْ يَقْدِرْ أَحَدُنَا أَنْ يُمَكِّنَ جَبْهَتَهُ بَسَطَ ثَوْبَهُ فَسَجَدَ عَلَيْهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1033 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 231 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1033 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(65)
Chapter: The Tasbih is for men during the Prayer and clapping is for women
(65)
باب التَّسْبِيحِ لِلرِّجَالِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَالتَّصْفِيقِ لِلنِّسَاءِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1034
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“The Tasbih (saying Subhan-Allah) is for men and clapping is for
women.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1034 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 232 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1034 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1035
It was
narrated from Sahl bin Sa’d As-Sa’idi that the Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) said:
“The Tasbih is for men and clapping is for women.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَسَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1035 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 233 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1035 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1036
It was
narrated that Nafi’ used to say:
“Ibn ‘Umar said: ‘The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) granted a concession for the women to clap,
and for the men to say the Tasbih.”
حَدَّثَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، وَعُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَقُولُ قَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَخَّصَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ لِلنِّسَاءِ فِي التَّصْفِيقِ وَلِلرِّجَالِ فِي التَّسْبِيحِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1036 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 234 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1036 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(66)
Chapter: Prayers in sandals
(66)
باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي النِّعَالِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1037
It was
narrated that Ibn Abu Aws said:
“My grandfather, Aws, used to
perform prayer, and sometimes he would make a gesture while praying,
and I would give him his sandals. He said: ‘I saw the Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) performing prayer in his sandals.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنِ النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي أَوْسٍ، قَالَ كَانَ جَدِّي أَوْسٌ يُصَلِّي فَيُشِيرُ إِلَىَّ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَأُعْطِيهِ نَعْلَيْهِ وَيَقُولُ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي فِي نَعْلَيْهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1037 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 235 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1037 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1038
It was
narrated from ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, that his
grandfather said:
“I saw the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) performing
prayer both barefoot, and while wearing sandals.”
حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الصَّوَّافُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي حَافِيًا وَمُنْتَعِلاً .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1038 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 236 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1038 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1039
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah said:
“We saw the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) performing prayer wearing sandals and leather slippers.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ لَقَدْ رَأَيْنَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي فِي النَّعْلَيْنِ وَالْخُفَّيْنِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1039 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 237 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1039 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(67)
Chapter: Tucking up the hair and garments during Prayer
(67)
باب كَفِّ الشَّعْرِ وَالثَّوْبِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1040
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: “I was
commanded not to tuck up my hair or my garment.”*
*Drawing together during prostration to protect it from the dirt.
*Drawing together during prostration to protect it from the dirt.
حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الضَّرِيرُ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، وَأَبُو عَوَانَةَ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" أُمِرْتُ أَنْ لاَ أَكُفَّ شَعْرًا وَلاَ ثَوْبًا " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1040 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 238 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1040 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1041
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah said:
“We were ordered to not (tuck up
our) hair (nor garment) and not to repeat ablution for what we
stepped
on.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ أُمِرْنَا أَلاَّ نَكُفَّ شَعَرًا وَلاَ ثَوْبًا وَلاَ نَتَوَضَّأَ مِنْ مَوْطَإٍ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1041 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 239 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1041 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1042
Mukhawwal said:
“I heard Abu Sa’d, a man from the people of
Madinah,
say: ‘I saw Abu Rafi’, the freed slave of the Messenger
of Allah
(ﷺ), when he saw Hasan bin ‘Ali performing prayer, with
his hair
braided. He undid it, or told him not to do that, and said:
“The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) forbade a man from performing prayer
with his
hair braided.”
حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، أَخْبَرَنِي مُخَوَّلُ بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا سَعْدٍ، - رَجُلاً مِنْ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ - يَقُولُ رَأَيْتُ أَبَا رَافِعٍ مَوْلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ رَأَى الْحَسَنَ بْنَ عَلِيٍّ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي وَقَدْ عَقَصَ شَعْرَهُ فَأَطْلَقَهُ أَوْ نَهَى عَنْهُ وَقَالَ نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ الرَّجُلُ وَهُوَ عَاقِصٌ شَعْرَهُ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1042 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 240 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1042 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(68)
Chapter: Humility during Prayer
(68)
باب الْخُشُوعِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1043
It was narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
‘Do not lift your gaze to the heavens lest your sight be
snatched away,” meaning during prayer.
حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا طَلْحَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" لاَ تَرْفَعُوا أَبْصَارَكُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ أَنْ تَلْتَمِعَ " . يَعْنِي فِي الصَّلاَةِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1043 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 241 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1043 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1044
It was
narrated that Anas bin Malik said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
led his Companions in prayer one day. When he had finished
prayer he
turned to face the people and said: ‘What is wrong with some
people
that they lift their gaze to the heavens?’ He spoke severely
concerning that: ‘They should certainly abstain from that or Allah
will snatch away their sight.’”
حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَوْمًا بِأَصْحَابِهِ فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلاَةَ أَقْبَلَ عَلَى الْقَوْمِ بِوَجْهِهِ فَقَالَ " مَا بَالُ أَقْوَامٍ يَرْفَعُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ " . حَتَّى اشْتَدَّ قَوْلُهُ فِي ذَلِكَ " لَيَنْتَهُنَّ عَنْ ذَلِكَ أَوْ لَيَخْطَفَنَّ اللَّهُ أَبْصَارَهُمْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1044 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 242 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1044 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1045
It was
narrated from Jabir bin Samurah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“Let
those who lift their gaze to the heavens desist, or their sight
will
not come back.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ تَمِيمِ بْنِ طَرَفَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" لَيَنْتَهِيَنَّ أَقْوَامٌ يَرْفَعُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ أَوْ لاَ تَرْجِعُ أَبْصَارُهُمْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1045 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 243 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1045 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1046
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“A woman used to perform prayer
behind the Prophet (ﷺ), and she was one of the most beautiful of
people. Some of the people used to go into the first row so that they
would not see her, and some of them used to lag behind so that they
would be in the last row, and when they bowed, they would do like
this
so that they could see her from beneath their armpits. Then
Allah
revealed: “And indeed, We know the first generations of you
who had
passed away, and indeed, We know the present generations of
you
(mankind), and also those who will some afterwards.” [15:24]
concerning her matter.
حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، وَأَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلاَّدٍ قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا نُوحُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ كَانَتِ امْرَأَةٌ تُصَلِّي خَلْفَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ حَسْنَاءُ مِنْ أَحْسَنِ النَّاسِ فَكَانَ بَعْضُ الْقَوْمِ يَسْتَقْدِمُ فِي الصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ لِئَلاَّ يَرَاهَا وَيَسْتَأْخِرُ بَعْضُهُمْ حَتَّى يَكُونَ فِي الصَّفِّ الْمُؤَخَّرِ فَإِذَا رَكَعَ قَالَ هَكَذَا يَنْظُرُ مِنْ تَحْتِ إِبْطِهِ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ {وَلَقَدْ عَلِمْنَا الْمُسْتَقْدِمِينَ مِنْكُمْ وَلَقَدْ عَلِمْنَا الْمُسْتَأْخِرِينَ} فِي شَأْنِهَا .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1046 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 244 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1046 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(69)
Chapter: Prayer in a single garment
(69)
باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي الثَّوْبِ الْوَاحِدِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1047
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“A man came to the Prophet
(ﷺ)
and said: ‘O Messenger of Allah! One of us performs prayer in a
single garment.’ The Prophet (ﷺ) said: ‘Does everyone have two
garments?’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ أَتَى رَجُلٌ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَحَدُنَا يُصَلِّي فِي الثَّوْبِ الْوَاحِدِ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" أَوَكُلُّكُمْ يَجِدُ ثَوْبَيْنِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1047 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 245 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1047 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1048
Abu
Sa’eed Al-Khudri narrated that he entered upon the Messenger of
Allah (ﷺ) when he was performing prayer in a single garment,
wrapping himself in it.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيُّ، أَنَّهُ دَخَلَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ مُتَوَشِّحًا بِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1048 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 246 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1048 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1049
It was
narrated that ‘Umar bin Abu Salamah said:
“I saw the Messenger
of
Allah (ﷺ) performing prayer in a single garment, wrapping himself
in it and throwing the ends over his shoulders.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ مُتَوَشِّحًا بِهِ وَاضِعًا طَرَفَيْهِ عَلَى عَاتِقَيْهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1049 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 247 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1049 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1050
It was
narrated from ‘Abdur-Rahman bin Kaisan that his father said:
“I
saw the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) performing prayer at Bi’r ‘Ulya,
in a garment.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ الشَّافِعِيُّ، إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْعَبَّاسِ حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَنْظَلَةَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبَّادٍ الْمَخْزُومِيُّ، عَنْ مَعْرُوفِ بْنِ مُشْكَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي بِالْبِئْرِ الْعُلْيَا فِي ثَوْبٍ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1050 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 248 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1050 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1051
Ibn
Kaisan narrated that his father said:
“I saw the Prophet (ﷺ)
performing the Zuhr and the ‘Asr in a single garment, wrapping it
around his chest.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي الظُّهْرَ وَالْعَصْرَ فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ مُتَلَبِّبًا بِهِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1051 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 249 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1051 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(70)
Chapter: Prostrations for reading the Qur’an
(70)
باب سُجُودِ الْقُرْآنِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1052
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘When a son of Adam recites a Sajdah* and prostrates, Satan
withdraws weeping, saying: ‘Woe is me! The son of Adam was
commanded
to prostrate and he prostrated, and Paradise will be his; I
was
commanded to prostrate and I refused, so I am doomed to Hell.’”
* An Ayah indicating prostration.
* An Ayah indicating prostration.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا قَرَأَ ابْنُ آدَمَ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدَ اعْتَزَلَ الشَّيْطَانُ يَبْكِي يَقُولُ يَا وَيْلَهُ أُمِرَ ابْنُ آدَمَ بِالسُّجُودِ فَسَجَدَ فَلَهُ الْجَنَّةُ وَأُمِرْتُ بِالسُّجُودِ فَأَبَيْتُ فَلِيَ النَّارُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1052 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 250 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1052 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1053
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“I was with the Prophet (ﷺ),
and
a man came to him and said: ‘Last night while I was sleeping, I
saw
that I was praying towards the base of a tree. I recited (an Ayah
of)
prostration and prostrated, and the tree prostrated when I did,
and I
heard it saying: Allahummah-tut anni biha wizran, waktub li biha
ajran, waj’al-ha li ‘indaka dhukhran (O Allah, reduce my burden
of sin
thereby, reward me for it and store it for me with You).’
Ibn ‘Abbas
said: “I saw the Prophet (ﷺ) recite (an Ayah of)
prostration and
then prostrate, and I heard him saying in his
prostration something
like that which the man had told him the tree
said.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلاَّدٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ بْنِ خُنَيْسٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي يَزِيدَ، قَالَ قَالَ لِي ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ يَا حَسَنُ أَخْبَرَنِي جَدُّكَ، عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي يَزِيدَ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ كُنْتُ عِنْدَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَأَتَاهُ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ إِنِّي رَأَيْتُ الْبَارِحَةَ فِيمَا يَرَى النَّائِمُ كَأَنِّي أُصَلِّي إِلَى أَصْلِ شَجَرَةٍ فَقَرَأْتُ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدْتُ فَسَجَدَتِ الشَّجَرَةُ لِسُجُودِي فَسَمِعْتُهَا تَقُولُ اللَّهُمَّ احْطُطْ عَنِّي بِهَا وِزْرًا وَاكْتُبْ لِي بِهَا أَجْرًا وَاجْعَلْهَا لِي عِنْدَكَ ذُخْرًا.
قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ فَرَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَرَأَ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدَ فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ مِثْلَ الَّذِي أَخْبَرَهُ الرَّجُلُ عَنْ قَوْلِ الشَّجَرَةِ.
قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ فَرَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَرَأَ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدَ فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ مِثْلَ الَّذِي أَخْبَرَهُ الرَّجُلُ عَنْ قَوْلِ الشَّجَرَةِ.
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1053 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 251 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1053 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1054
It was
narrated from ‘Ali that whenever the Prophet (ﷺ) prostrated
he
would say:
“Allahumma laka sajadtu, wa bika amantu, wa laka
aslamtu, Anta rabbi, sajada wajhi lilladhi shaqqa sam’ahu wa
basarahu,
tabarak Allah ahsanul-khaliqin (O Allah, to You I have
prostrated, and
in You I have believed, and to You I have submitted.
You are my Lord;
my face has prostrated to the One Who gave it
hearing and sight.
Blessed is Allah the best of Creators).”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الأَنْصَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الأُمَوِيُّ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْفَضْلِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ قَالَ
" اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ سَجَدْتُ وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ أَنْتَ رَبِّي سَجَدَ وَجْهِي لِلَّذِي شَقَّ سَمْعَهُ وَبَصَرَهُ تَبَارَكَ اللَّهُ أَحْسَنُ الْخَالِقِينَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1054 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 252 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1054 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(71)
Chapter: The number of prostrations in the Qur’an
(71)
باب عَدَدِ سُجُودِ الْقُرْآنِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1055
It was
narrated that Umm Darda’ said:
“Abu Darda’ told me that he did
eleven prostrations* with the Prophet (ﷺ), including An-Najm.”
*Eleven Ayaat of prostrations.
*Eleven Ayaat of prostrations.
حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى الْمِصْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي هِلاَلٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ الدِّمَشْقِيِّ، عَنْ أُمِّ الدَّرْدَاءِ، قَالَتْ حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الدَّرْدَاءِ، أَنَّهُ سَجَدَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ سَجْدَةً مِنْهُنَّ النَّجْمُ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1055 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 253 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1055 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1056
It was
narrated that Abu Darda’ said:
“I performed eleven
prostrations
with the Prophet (ﷺ) of which there were none in the
Mufassal.
Al-A’raf, Ar-Ra’d, An-Nahl, Bani Isra’il, Maryam, Al-Hajj,
the
prostration in Al-Furqan, Surat An-Naml (mentioning) Sulaiman,
As-
Sajdah, Sad, and the Ha-Mim Surah.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ فَائِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ رَجَاءِ بْنِ حَيْوَةَ، عَنِ الْمَهْدِيِّ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عُيَيْنَةَ بْنِ خَاطِرٍ، قَالَ حَدَّثَتْنِي عَمَّتِي أُمُّ الدَّرْدَاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ، قَالَ سَجَدْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ سَجْدَةً لَيْسَ فِيهَا مِنَ الْمُفَصَّلِ شَىْءٌ الأَعْرَافُ وَالرَّعْدُ وَالنَّحْلُ وَبَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ وَمَرْيَمُ وَالْحَجُّ وَسَجْدَةُ الْفُرْقَانِ وَسُلَيْمَانُ سُورَةُ النَّمْلِ وَالسَّجْدَةُ وَفِي ص وَسَجْدَةُ الْحَوَامِيمِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1056 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 254 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1056 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1057
It was
narrated from ‘Amr bin ‘As that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
taught him fifteen prostrations in the Qur’an, including three in
the
Mufassal and two in Al-Hajj.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَارِثُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْعُتَقِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُنَيْنٍ، - مِنْ بَنِي عَبْدِ كِلاَلٍ - عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاصِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَقْرَأَهُ خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ سَجْدَةً فِي الْقُرْآنِ مِنْهَا ثَلاَثٌ فِي الْمُفَصَّلِ وَفِي الْحَجِّ سَجْدَتَيْنِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1057 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 255 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1057 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1058
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“We prostrated with the
Messenger
of Allah (ﷺ) in “When the heaven is split asunder” [84:1]
and
“Read! In the Name of your Lord.” [96:1]
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ بْنِ مُوسَى، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ مِينَاءَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ سَجَدْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي {إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ} وَ {اقْرَأْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ}
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1058 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 256 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1058 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1059
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) prostrated
in “When
the heaven is split asunder.” [84:1]
Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah said:
Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah said:
"This Hadith was narrated from
Yahya bin Sa'eed; I did not hear it
from anyone but him."
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ سَجَدَ فِي {إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ} .
قَالَ أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ مَا سَمِعْتُ أَحَدًا يَذْكُرُهُ غَيْرَهُ.
قَالَ أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ مَا سَمِعْتُ أَحَدًا يَذْكُرُهُ غَيْرَهُ.
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1059 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 257 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1059 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(72)
Chapter: Completing the Prayer
(72)
باب إِتْمَامِ الصَّلاَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1060
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that a man entered the mosque and
performed prayer, and the Prophet (ﷺ) was in a corner of the
mosque.
The man came and greeted him, and he said:
“And also upon
you. Go back
and repeat your prayer, for you have not prayed.” So
he went back and
repeated his prayer, then he came and greeted the
Prophet (ﷺ). He
said: “And also upon you. Go back and repeat your
prayer, for you have
not prayed.” On the third occasion, the man
said: “Teach me, O
Messenger of Allah!” He said: “When you
stand up to offer the prayer,
perform ablution properly, then stand
to face the prayer direction and
say Allahu Akbar. Then recite
whatever you can of Qur’an, and then bow
until you can feel at ease
bowing. Then stand up until you feel at
ease standing, then prostrate
until you feel at ease prostrating. Then
raise your head until you
are sitting up straight. Do that throughout
your prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَصَلَّى وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي نَاحِيَةٍ مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ فَجَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ " وَعَلَيْكَ فَارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ " . فَرَجَعَ فَصَلَّى ثُمَّ جَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَقَالَ " وَعَلَيْكَ فَارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ بَعْدُ " . قَالَ فِي الثَّالِثَةَ فَعَلِّمْنِي يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ . قَالَ "إِذَا قُمْتَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ فَأَسْبِغِ الْوُضُوءَ ثُمَّ اسْتَقْبِلِ الْقِبْلَةَ وَكَبِّرْ، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ مَا تَيَسَّرَ مَعَكَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ، ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ رَأْسَكَ حَتَّى تَسْتَوِيَ قَاعِدًا، ثُمَّ افْعَلْ ذَلِكَ فِي صَلاَتِكَ كُلِّهَا" .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1060 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 258 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1060 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1061
Muhammad
bin ‘Amr bin ‘Ata’ said:
‘While he was among ten of the
Companions of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) including Abu Qatadah: “I
heard Abu Humaid As-Sa’idi say: ‘I am the most knowledgeable of
you
concerning the prayer of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ).’ They
said:
‘Why? By Allah, you did not follow him more than we did, and
you did
not accompany him for longer.’ He said: ‘Yes I am.’
They said: ‘Show
us.’ He said: ‘When the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) stood up for prayer,
he would say the Takbir, then he would
raise his hands parallel to his
shoulders, and every part of his body
would settle in place. Then he
would recite, then he would raise his
hands parallel to his shoulders
and bow, placing his palms on his
knees and supporting his weight on
them. He neither lowered his head,
nor raised it up, it was evenly
balanced (between either extreme).
Then he would say: “Sami’ Allahu
liman hamidah (Allah hears those
who praise Him); and he would raise
his hands parallel with his
shoulders, until every bone returned to
its place. Then he would
prostrate himself on the ground, keeping his
arms away from his
sides. Then he would raise his head and tuck his
left foot under him
and sit on it, and he would spread his toes when
he prostrated.* Then
he would prostrate, then say the Takbir and sit
on his left foot,
until every bone returned to its place. Then he
would stand up and do
the same in the next Rak’ah. Then when he stood
up after two
Rak’ah, he would raise his hands level with his shoulders
as he did
at the beginning of the prayer. Then he would offer the rest
of his
prayer in like manner until, when he did the prostration after which
the
Taslim comes, he would push one of his feet back and sit with his
weight on his left side, Mutawarrikan.’** They said: ‘You have
spoken
the truth; this is how the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to
perform
the prayer.’”
* Meaning that he would plant them in such a way that they were facing the Qiblah.
** Mutawarrikan: i.e., sitting with the left foot brought forward so that one's buttocks are in direct contact with the ground.
* Meaning that he would plant them in such a way that they were facing the Qiblah.
** Mutawarrikan: i.e., sitting with the left foot brought forward so that one's buttocks are in direct contact with the ground.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيَّ، فِي عَشْرَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِيهِمْ أَبُو قَتَادَةَ فَقَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ . قَالُوا لِمَ فَوَاللَّهِ مَا كُنْتَ بِأَكْثَرِنَا لَهُ تَبَعَةً وَلاَ أَقْدَمَنَا لَهُ صُحْبَةً . قَالَ بَلَى . قَالُوا فَاعْرِضْ . قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ كَبَّرَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ وَيَقِرَّ كُلُّ عُضْوٍ مِنْهُ فِي مَوْضِعِهِ ثُمَّ يَقْرَأُ ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ وَيَضَعُ رَاحَتَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ مُعْتَمِدًا لاَ يَصُبُّ رَأْسَهُ وَلاَ يُقْنِعُ مُعْتَدِلاً ثُمَّ يَقُولُ
" سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ " . وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ حَتَّى يَقِرَّ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ ثُمَّ يَهْوِي إِلَى الأَرْضِ وَيُجَافِي يَدَيْهِ عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ وَيَثْنِي رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى فَيَقْعُدُ عَلَيْهَا وَيَفْتَخُ أَصَابِعَ رِجْلَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ وَيَجْلِسُ عَلَى رِجْلِهِ الْيُسْرَى حَتَّى يَرْجِعَ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ مِنْهُ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَصْنَعُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُخْرَى مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ ثُمَّ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ كَمَا صَنَعَ عِنْدَ افْتِتَاحِ الصَّلاَةِ ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي بَقِيَّةَ صَلاَتِهِ هَكَذَا حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ السَّجْدَةُ الَّتِي يَنْقَضِي فِيهَا التَّسْلِيمُ أَخَّرَ إِحْدَى رِجْلَيْهِ وَجَلَسَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الأَيْسَرِ مُتَوَرِّكًا . قَالُوا صَدَقْتَ هَكَذَا كَانَ يُصَلِّي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1061 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 259 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1061 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1062
It was
narrated that ‘Amrah said:
“I asked ‘Aishah: ‘How did the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) perform prayer?’ She said: ‘When the
Prophet
(ﷺ) performed ablution, he would put his hand in the vessel
and say
Bismillah, and he would perform ablution properly. Then he
would stand
and face the Qiblah. He would say the Takbir raising his
hands
parallel to his shoulders. Then he would bow, putting his hands
on his
knees and keeping his arms away from his sides. Then he would
raise
his head and straighten his back, and he would stand a little
longer
than your standing. Then he would prostrate, pointing his
hands
towards the Qiblah, keeping his arms away (from his sides) as
much as
possible, according to what I have seen. Then he would raise
his head
and sit on his left foot with his right foot held upright,
and he
disliked leaning towards his left side.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ حَارِثَةَ بْنِ أَبِي الرِّجَالِ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، قَالَتْ سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ كَيْفَ كَانَتْ صَلاَةُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَتْ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ فَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ فِي الإِنَاءِ سَمَّى اللَّهَ وَيُسْبِغُ الْوُضُوءَ ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَسْتَقْبِلُ الْقِبْلَةَ فَيُكَبِّرُ وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حِذَاءَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ فَيَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَيُجَافِي بِعَضُدَيْهِ ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ فَيُقِيمُ صُلْبَهُ وَيَقُومُ قِيَامًا هُوَ أَطْوَلُ مِنْ قِيَامِكُمْ قَلِيلاً ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ فَيَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ تِجَاهَ الْقِبْلَةِ وَيُجَافِي بِعَضُدَيْهِ مَا اسْتَطَاعَ فِيمَا رَأَيْتُ ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ فَيَجْلِسُ عَلَى قَدَمِهِ الْيُسْرَى وَيَنْصِبُ الْيُمْنَى وَيَكْرَهُ أَنْ يَسْقُطَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الأَيْسَرِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1062 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 260 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1062 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(73)
Chapter: Shortening the Prayer while traveling
(73)
باب تَقْصِيرِ الصَّلاَةِ فِي السَّفَرِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1063
It was
narrated that ‘Umar said:
“The prayer while traveling is two
Rak’ah, and Friday is two Rak’ah, and ‘Eid is two Rak’ah.
They are
complete and are not shortened, as told by Muhammad (ﷺ).”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ زُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ عُمَرَ، قَالَ صَلاَةُ السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَانِ وَالْجُمُعَةُ رَكْعَتَانِ وَالْعِيدُ رَكْعَتَانِ تَمَامٌ غَيْرُ قَصْرٍ عَلَى لِسَانِ مُحَمَّدٍ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1063 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 261 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1063 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1064
‘Umar
said:
“The prayer when traveling is two Rak’ah, and Friday is
two
Rak’ah, and Al-Fitr and Al-Adha are two Rak’ah, complete, not
shortened, as told by Muhammad (ﷺ).”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زِيَادِ بْنِ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ، عَنْ زُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، عَنْ عُمَرَ، قَالَ صَلاَةُ السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَانِ وَصَلاَةُ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَتَانِ وَالْفِطْرُ وَالأَضْحَى رَكْعَتَانِ تَمَامٌ غَيْرُ قَصْرٍ عَلَى لِسَانِ مُحَمَّدٍ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1064 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 262 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1064 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1065
It was
narrated that Ya’la bin Umayyah said:
“I asked ‘Umar bin
Khattab: ‘Allah says: “And when you travel in the land, there is
no
sin on you if you shorten the prayer if you fear that the
disbelievers
may put you in trial (attack you), verily, the
disbelievers are ever
to you open enemies,” [4:101] but now there
is security and people are
safe.’ He said: ‘I found it strange
just as you do, so I asked the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) about that,
and he said: “It is charity that
Allah has bestowed upon you, so
accept His charity.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي عَمَّارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَابَيْهِ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، قَالَ سَأَلْتُ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ قُلْتُ لَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَنْ تَقْصُرُوا مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ إِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَنْ يَفْتِنَكُمُ الَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا وَقَدْ أَمِنَ النَّاسُ فَقَالَ عَجِبْتُ مِمَّا عَجِبْتَ مِنْهُ فَسَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ عَنْ ذَلِكَ فَقَالَ
" صَدَقَةٌ تَصَدَّقَ اللَّهُ بِهَا عَلَيْكُمْ، فَاقْبَلُوا صَدَقَتَهُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1065 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 263 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1065 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1066
It was
narrated from Umayyah bin ‘Abdullah bin Khalid that he said to
‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar:
“We find (mention of) the prayer of the
resident
and the prayer in a state of fear in the Qur’an, but we do
not find
any mention of the prayer of the traveler. ‘Abdullah said
to him:
“Allah sent Muhammad (ﷺ) to us, and we did not know
anything, rather
we do what we saw Muhammad (ﷺ) doing.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أُمَيَّةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ لِعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ إِنَّا نَجِدُ صَلاَةَ الْحَضَرِ وَصَلاَةَ الْخَوْفِ فِي الْقُرْآنِ وَلاَ نَجِدُ صَلاَةَ السَّفَرِ فَقَالَ لَهُ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ إِنَّ اللَّهَ بَعَثَ إِلَيْنَا مُحَمَّدًا ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ وَلاَ نَعْلَمُ شَيْئًا فَإِنَّمَا نَفْعَلُ كَمَا رَأَيْنَا مُحَمَّدًا ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَفْعَلُ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1066 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 264 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1066 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1067
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“When the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
went out from this city (Al-Madinah) he did not perform more
than two
Rak’ah for prayer until he returned.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ، أَنْبَأَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ بِشْرِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا خَرَجَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الْمَدِينَةِ لَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، حَتَّى يَرْجِعَ إِلَيْهَا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1067 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 265 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1067 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1068
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“Allah enjoined the prayer upon
the tongue of your Prophet (ﷺ): Four Rak’ah while a resident and
two
Rak’ah when traveling.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ، وَجُبَارَةُ بْنُ الْمُغَلِّسِ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ بُكَيْرِ بْنِ الأَخْنَسِ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: افْتَرَضَ اللَّهُ الصَّلاَةَ عَلَى لِسَانِ نَبِيِّكُمْ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فِي الْحَضَرِ أَرْبَعًا وَفِي السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1068 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 266 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1068 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(74)
Chapter: Combining Prayer while traveling
(74)
باب الْجَمْعِ بَيْنَ الصَّلاَتَيْنِ فِي السَّفَرِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1069
It was
narrated from Mujahid, Sa’eed bin Jubair, ‘Ata’ bin Abi Rabah
and Tawus that Ibn ‘Abbas told them that the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
used to combine the Maghrib and ‘Isha’ when traveling,
although there
was nothing to make him hurry and no enemy pursuing
him, and he was
not afraid of anything.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحْرِزُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْعَدَنِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، وَسَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، وَعَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، وَطَاوُسٍ، أَخْبَرُوهُ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّهُ أَخْبَرَهُمْ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَجْمَعُ بَيْنَ الْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ فِي السَّفَرِ مِنْ غَيْرِ أَنْ يُعْجِلَهُ شَىْءٌ وَلاَ يَطْلُبَهُ عَدُوٌّ وَلاَ يَخَافَ شَيْئًا .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1069 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 267 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1069 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1070
It was
narrated from Mu’adh bin Jabal that the Prophet (ﷺ) combined
the
Zuhr and ‘Asr, and the Maghrib and ‘Isha’ when traveling during
the campaign of Tabuk.
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِي الطُّفَيْلِ، عَنْ مُعَاذِ بْنِ جَبَلٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ جَمَعَ بَيْنَ الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ فِي غَزْوَةِ تَبُوكَ فِي السَّفَرِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1070 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 268 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1070 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(75)
Chapter: Voluntary Prayer while traveling
(75)
باب التَّطَوُّعِ فِي السَّفَرِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1071
It was
narrated from ‘Isa bin Hafs bin ‘Asim bin ‘Umar bin Khattab
that his father told him:
“We were with Ibn ‘Umar on a journey,
and he led us in prayer. Then we finished with him and he finished
turning around, and saw some people praying. He said: ‘What are
these people doing?’ I said: ‘Glorifying Allah.’* He said: ‘If
I wanted to glorify Allah (perform voluntary prayer) I would have
completed my prayer. O son of my brother! I accompanied the Messenger
of Allah (ﷺ) and he never prayed more than two Rak’ah when he was
traveling, until Allah took his soul. Then I accompanied Abu Bakr and
he never prayed more than two Rak’ah (when he was traveling), until
Allah took his soul. Then I accompanied ‘Umar and he never prayed
more than two Rak’ah, until Allah took his soul. Then I accompanied
‘Uthman and he never prayed more than two Rak’ah, until Allah
took his soul. Allah says: ‘Indeed in the Messenger of Allah
(Muhammad (ﷺ)) you have a good example to follow.’” [33:21]
* Meaning, they were offering voluntary prayer.
* Meaning, they were offering voluntary prayer.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلاَّدٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ، عَنْ عِيسَى بْنِ حَفْصِ بْنِ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي قَالَ، كَنَّا مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ فِي سَفَرٍ فَصَلَّى بِنَا ثُمَّ انْصَرَفْنَا مَعَهُ وَانْصَرَفَ . قَالَ فَالْتَفَتَ فَرَأَى أُنَاسًا يُصَلُّونَ فَقَالَ مَا يَصْنَعُ هَؤُلاَءِ قُلْتُ يُسَبِّحُونَ . قَالَ لَوْ كُنْتُ مُسَبِّحًا لأَتْمَمْتُ صَلاَتِي يَا ابْنَ أَخِي إِنِّي صَحِبْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي السَّفَرِ حَتَّى قَبَضَهُ اللَّهُ ثُمَّ صَحِبْتُ أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ صَحِبْتُ عُمَرَ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ صَحِبْتُ عُثْمَانَ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ حَتَّى قَبَضَهُمُ اللَّهُ وَاللَّهُ يَقُولُ {لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ } .
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1071 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 269 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1071 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1072
Usamah
bin Zaid said:
“I asked Tawus about performing voluntary
prayer
while traveling. Al-Hasan bin Muslim bin Yannaq was sitting
with him
and he said: ‘Tawus told me that he heard Ibn ‘Abbas say:
“The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) enjoined prayer while a resident and
prayer
when one is traveling. We used to pray when we were residents
both
before and after (the obligatory prayer), and we used to pray
both
before and after (the obligatory prayer) when we were
traveling.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلاَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أُسَامَةُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ سَأَلْتُ طَاوُسًا عَنِ السُّبْحَةِ، فِي السَّفَرِ - وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ يَنَّاقٍ جَالِسٌ عِنْدَهُ - فَقَالَ حَدَّثَنِي طَاوُسٌ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، يَقُولُ فَرَضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ صَلاَةَ الْحَضَرِ وَصَلاَةَ السَّفَرِ فَكُنَّا نُصَلِّي فِي الْحَضَرِ قَبْلَهَا وَبَعْدَهَا وَكُنَّا نُصَلِّي فِي السَّفَرِ قَبْلَهَا وَبَعْدَهَا .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1072 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 270 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1072 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(76)
Chapter: For how long may a traveler shorten his Prayer if he stays in a town?
(76)
باب كَمْ يَقْصُرُ الصَّلاَةَ الْمُسَافِرُ إِذَا أَقَامَ بِبَلْدَةٍ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1073
It was
narrated that ‘Abdur-Rahman bin Humaid Az-Zuhri said:
“I asked
Sa’ib bin Yazid: ‘What have you heard about staying in Makkah?’
He
said: ‘I heard ‘Ala’ bin Hadrami say: “The Prophet (ﷺ)
said: ‘Three
(days) for the Muhajir after departing (from Mina).’”*
* The meaning of it is: being hished from the rites (of Hajj).
* The meaning of it is: being hished from the rites (of Hajj).
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حُمَيْدٍ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ سَأَلْتُ السَّائِبَ بْنَ يَزِيدَ مَاذَا سَمِعْتَ فِي، سُكْنَى مَكَّةَ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ الْعَلاَءَ بْنَ الْحَضْرَمِيِّ، يَقُولُ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" ثَلاَثًا لِلْمُهَاجِرِ بَعْدَ الصَّدَرِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1073 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 271 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1073 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1074
‘Ata’
narrated:
“Jabir bin ‘Abdullah, who was among the people with
me,
told me that the Prophet (ﷺ) arrived in Makkah in the morning of
the fourth day of Dhul-Hijjah.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، وَقَرَأْتُهُ، عَلَيْهِ أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ، حَدَّثَنِي جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، فِي أُنَاسٍ مَعِي قَالَ قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ مَكَّةَ صُبْحَ رَابِعَةٍ مَضَتْ مِنْ شَهْرِ ذِي الْحِجَّةِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1074 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 272 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1074 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1075
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
stayed for nineteen days in which he shortened his prayer to two
Rak’ah. So, whenever we stayed for nineteen days we would shorten
our
prayer to two Rak’ah, but if we stayed more than that we would
pray
four Rak’ah.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ الأَحْوَلُ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ أَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ تِسْعَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَنَحْنُ إِذَا أَقَمْنَا تِسْعَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا، نُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَإِذَا أَقَمْنَا أَكْثَرَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، صَلَّيْنَا أَرْبَعًا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1075 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 273 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1075 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1076
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
stayed
in Makkah for fifteen nights during the year of the Conquest,
(during
which time) he shortened his prayer.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو يُوسُفَ الصَّيْدَلاَنِيُّ، مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ الرَّقِّيُّ حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَقَامَ بِمَكَّةَ عَامَ الْفَتْحِ خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ لَيْلَةً يَقْصُرُ الصَّلاَةَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1076 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 274 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1076 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1077
Yahya
bin Abu Ishaq narrated that Anas said:
“We went out with the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) from Al-Madinah to Makkah, during which time
we shortened our prayer to two Rak’ah, until we came back.” I
asked:
“How long did he stay in Makkah?” He said: “Ten (days).”
حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، وَعَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ قَالَ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ مِنَ الْمَدِينَةِ إِلَى مَكَّةَ. فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، حَتَّى رَجَعْنَا .
قُلْتُ: كَمْ أَقَامَ بِمَكَّةَ؟ قَالَ: عَشْرًا .
قُلْتُ: كَمْ أَقَامَ بِمَكَّةَ؟ قَالَ: عَشْرًا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1077 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 275 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1077 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(77)
Chapter: Concerning one who does not perform Prayer
(77)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِيمَنْ تَرَكَ الصَّلاَةَ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1078
It was
narrated that Jabir bin ‘Abdullah said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) said: ‘Between a person and Kufr (disbelief) is abandoning
the prayer.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" بَيْنَ الْعَبْدِ وَبَيْنَ الْكُفْرِ تَرْكُ الصَّلاَةِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1078 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 276 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1078 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1079
‘Abdullah bin Buraidah narrated that his father said:
“The
Messenger
of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘The covenant that distinguishes
between us and
them is prayer; so whoever leaves it, he has committed
Kufr.’”
حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الْبَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ وَاقِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" الْعَهْدُ الَّذِي بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمُ الصَّلاَةُ، فَمَنْ تَرَكَهَا فَقَدْ كَفَرَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1079 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 277 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1079 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1080
It was
narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“There is
nothing standing between a person and Shirk (polytheism)
except
leaving the prayer, so if he leaves it he has committed Shirk.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ الرَّقَاشِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" لَيْسَ بَيْنَ الْعَبْدِ وَالشِّرْكِ إِلاَّ تَرْكُ الصَّلاَةِ، فَإِذَا تَرَكَهَا فَقَدْ أَشْرَكَ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1080 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 278 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1080 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(78)
Chapter: The obligation of Friday
(78)
باب فِي فَرْضِ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1081
It was
narrated that Jabir bin ‘Abdullah said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) delivered a sermon to us and said: ‘O people! Repent to
Allah
before you die. Hasten to do good deeds before you become
preoccupied
(because of sickness and old age). Uphold the relationship
that
exists between you and your Lord by remembering Him a great deal
and
by giving a great deal of charity in secret and openly. (Then) you
will be granted provision and Divine support, and your condition will
improve. Know that Allah has enjoined Friday upon you in this place
of
mine, on this day, in this month, in this year, until the Day of
Resurrection. Whoever abandons it, whether during my lifetime or
after
I am gone, whether he has a just or an unjust ruler, whether he
takes
it lightly or denies (that it is obligatory), may Allah cause
him to
lose all sense of tranquility and contentment, and may He not
bless
him in his affairs. Indeed, his prayer will not be valid, his
Zakat
will not be valid, his Hajj will not be valid, his fasting will
not be
valid, and his righteous deeds will not be accepted, until he
repents.
Whoever repents, Allah will accept his repentance. No woman
should be
appointed as Imam over a man, no Bedouin should be
appointed as Imam
over a Muhajir, no immoral person should be
appointed as Imam over a
(true) believer, unless that is forced upon
him and he fears his sword
or whip.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ أَبُو خَبَّابٍ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْعَدَوِيُّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ خَطَبَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَقَالَ
" يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ تُوبُوا إِلَى اللَّهِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَمُوتُوا وَبَادِرُوا بِالأَعْمَالِ الصَّالِحَةِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تُشْغَلُوا وَصِلُوا الَّذِي بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَ رَبِّكُمْ بِكَثْرَةِ ذِكْرِكُمْ لَهُ وَكَثْرَةِ الصَّدَقَةِ فِي السِّرِّ وَالْعَلاَنِيَةِ تُرْزَقُوا وَتُنْصَرُوا وَتُجْبَرُوا وَاعْلَمُوا أَنَّ اللَّهَ قَدِ افْتَرَضَ عَلَيْكُمُ الْجُمُعَةَ فِي مَقَامِي هَذَا فِي يَوْمِي هَذَا فِي شَهْرِي هَذَا مِنْ عَامِي هَذَا إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ فَمَنْ تَرَكَهَا فِي حَيَاتِي أَوْ بَعْدِي وَلَهُ إِمَامٌ عَادِلٌ أَوْ جَائِرٌ اسْتِخْفَافًا بِهَا أَوْ جُحُودًا بِهَا فَلاَ جَمَعَ اللَّهُ لَهُ شَمْلَهُ وَلاَ بَارَكَ لَهُ فِي أَمْرِهِ أَلاَ وَلاَ صَلاَةَ لَهُ وَلاَ زَكَاةَ لَهُ وَلاَ حَجَّ لَهُ وَلاَ صَوْمَ لَهُ وَلاَ بِرَّ لَهُ حَتَّى يَتُوبَ فَمَنْ تَابَ تَابَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ أَلاَ لاَ تَؤُمَّنَّ امْرَأَةٌ رَجُلاً وَلاَ يَؤُمَّنَّ أَعْرَابِيٌّ مُهَاجِرًا وَلاَ يَؤُمَّ فَاجِرٌ مُؤْمِنًا إِلاَّ أَنْ يَقْهَرَهُ بِسُلْطَانٍ يَخَافُ سَيْفَهُ وَسَوْطَهُ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1081 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 279 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1081 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1082
It was
narrated that ‘Abdur-Rahman bin Ka’b bin Malik said:
“I used
to
guide my father after he lost his sight, and when I took him out
for
the Friday (prayer), when he heard the Adhan he would pray for
forgiveness for Abu Umamah As’ad bin Zurarah, and supplicate for
him.
I heard that from him for a while, then I said to myself: ‘By
Allah!
What is this weakness? Every time he heard the Adhan for
Friday
(prayer) I hear him praying for forgiveness for Abu Umamah and
supplicate for him, and I do not ask him about why he does that.’
Then
I took him out for Friday (prayer), as I used to take him out,
and
when he heard the Adhan he prayed for forgiveness as he used to
do. I
said to him: ‘O my father! I see you supplicating for As’ad
bin
Zurarah every time you hear the call for Friday; why is that?’
He
said: ‘O my son, he was the first one who led us for the Friday
prayer
before the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) came from Makkah, in Naqi’
Al-
Khadamat (a place near Al-Madinah), in the plain of Harrah Banu
Bayadah.’ I asked: ‘How many of you were there at that time?’
He said:
‘Forty men.’”
حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ بْنِ سَهْلِ بْنِ حُنَيْفٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ كَعْبِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ قَائِدَ أَبِي حِينَ ذَهَبَ بَصَرُهُ، وَكُنْتُ إِذَا خَرَجْتُ بِهِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَسَمِعَ الأَذَانَ اسْتَغْفَرَ لأَبِي أُمَامَةَ، أَسْعَدَ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، وَدَعَا لَهُ، فَمَكَثْتُ حِينًا أَسْمَعُ ذَلِكَ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ قُلْتُ فِي نَفْسِي: وَاللَّهِ إِنَّ ذَا لَعَجْزٌ، إِنِّي أَسْمَعُهُ كُلَّمَا سَمِعَ أَذَانَ الْجُمُعَةِ يَسْتَغْفِرُ لأَبِي أُمَامَةَ وَيُصَلِّي عَلَيْهِ، وَلاَ أَسْأَلُهُ عَنْ ذَلِكَ لِمَ هُوَ؟ فَخَرَجْتُ بِهِ كَمَا كُنْتُ أَخْرُجُ بِهِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ. فَلَمَّا سَمِعَ الأَذَانَ اسْتَغْفَرَ كَمَا كَانَ يَفْعَلُ. فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: يَا أَبَتَاهُ أَرَأَيْتَكَ صَلاَتَكَ عَلَى أَسْعَدَ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ كُلَّمَا سَمِعْتَ النِّدَاءَ بِالْجُمُعَةِ لِمَ هُوَ؟ قَالَ: أَىْ بُنَىَّ كَانَ أَوَّلَ مَنْ صَلَّى بِنَا صَلاَةَ الْجُمُعَةِ قَبْلَ مَقْدَمِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ مِنْ مَكَّةَ، فِي نَقِيعِ الْخَضِمَاتِ، فِي هَزْمٍ مِنْ حَرَّةِ بَنِي بَيَاضَةَ . قُلْتُ: كَمْ كُنْتُمُ يَوْمَئِذٍ؟ قَالَ: أَرْبَعِينَ رَجُلاً .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1082 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 280 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1082 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1083
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘Allah led those who came before us astray from Friday.
Saturday
was for the Jews and Sunday was for the Christians. And they
will lag
behind us until the Day of Resurrection. We are the last of
the people
of this world but we will be the first to be judged among
all of
creation.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَالِكٍ الأَشْجَعِيُّ، عَنْ رِبْعِيِّ بْنِ حِرَاشٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، وَعَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" أَضَلَّ اللَّهُ عَنِ الْجُمُعَةِ مَنْ كَانَ قَبْلَنَا. كَانَ لِلْيَهُودِ يَوْمُ السَّبْتِ. وَالأَحَدُ لِلنَّصَارَى. فَهُمْ لَنَا تَبَعٌ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ. نَحْنُ الآخِرُونَ مِنْ أَهْلِ الدُّنْيَا، وَالأَوَّلُونَ الْمَقْضِيُّ لَهُمْ قَبْلَ الْخَلاَئِقِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1083 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 281 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1083 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(79)
Chapter: The virtues of Friday
(79)
باب فِي فَضْلِ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1084
It was
narrated that Abu Lubabah bin ‘Abdul-Mundhir said:
“The
Prophet
(ﷺ) said: ‘Friday is the chief of days, the greatest day
before
Allah. It is greater before Allah then the Day of Adha and the
Day of
Fitr. It has five characteristics: On it Allah created Adam; on
it
Allah sent down Adam to this earth; on it there is a time during
which a person does not ask Allah for anything but He will give it to
him, so long as he does not ask for anything that is forbidden; on it
the Hour will begin. There is no angel who is close to Allah, no
heaven, no earth, no wind, no mountain, and no sea that does not fear
Friday.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي بُكَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي لُبَابَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُنْذِرِ، قَالَ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنَّ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ سَيِّدُ الأَيَّامِ، وَأَعْظَمُهَا عِنْدَ اللَّهِ. وَهُوَ أَعْظَمُ عِنْدَ اللَّهِ مِنْ يَوْمِ الأَضْحَى وَيَوْمِ الْفِطْرِ. فِيهِ خَمْسُ خِلاَلٍ. خَلَقَ اللَّهُ فِيهِ آدَمَ. وَأَهْبَطَ اللَّهُ فِيهِ آدَمَ إِلَى الأَرْضِ. وَفِيهِ تَوَفَّى اللَّهُ آدَمَ. وَفِيهِ سَاعَةٌ لاَ يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا الْعَبْدُ شَيْئًا إِلاَّ أَعْطَاهُ. مَا لَمْ يَسْأَلْ حَرَامًا. وَفِيهِ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ. مَا مِنْ مَلَكٍ مُقَرَّبٍ وَلاَ سَمَاءٍ وَلاَ أَرْضٍ وَلاَ رِيَاحٍ وَلاَ جِبَالٍ وَلاَ بَحْرٍ إِلاَّ وَهُنَّ يُشْفِقْنَ مِنْ يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1084 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 282 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1084 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1085
It was
narrated that Shaddad bin Aws said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
said: ‘The best of your days is Friday. On it Adam was created,
on
it the Trumpet will be blown, on it all creatures will swoon. So
send
a great deal of peace and blessings upon me on that day, for your
peace and blessings will be presented to me.’ A man said: ‘O
Messenger
of Allah, how will our peace and blessings be shown to you
when you
will have disintegrated?’ He said: ‘Allah has forbidden
the earth to
consume the bodies of the Prophets.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الأَشْعَثِ الصَّنْعَانِيِّ، عَنْ شَدَّادِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ " إِنَّ مِنْ أَفْضَلِ أَيَّامِكُمْ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فِيهِ خُلِقَ آدَمُ وَفِيهِ النَّفْخَةُ وَفِيهِ الصَّعْقَةُ فَأَكْثِرُوا عَلَىَّ مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ فِيهِ فَإِنَّ صَلاَتَكُمْ مَعْرُوضَةٌ عَلَىَّ " . فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ كَيْفَ تُعْرَضُ صَلاَتُنَا عَلَيْكَ وَقَدْ أَرَمْتَ - يَعْنِي بَلِيتَ - . فَقَالَ " إِنَّ اللَّهَ قَدْ حَرَّمَ عَلَى الأَرْضِ أَنْ تَأْكُلَ أَجْسَادَ الأَنْبِيَاءِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1085 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 283 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1085 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1086
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“From one Friday to the next is an expiation for whatever was
committed in between, so long as one does not commit any major sin.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحْرِزُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْعَدَنِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنِ الْعَلاَءِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" الْجُمُعَةُ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ كَفَّارَةُ مَا بَيْنَهُمَا. مَا لَمْ تُغْشَ الْكَبَائِرُ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1086 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 284 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1086 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(80)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning bath on Friday
(80)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الْغُسْلِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1087
Aws bin
Aws Ath-Thaqafi said:
“I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) say:
‘Whoever
takes a bath on Friday, and bathes completely, and goes
early,
arriving early,* and walks and does not ride (to the mosque),
and
sits close to the Imam and listens to him, and does not engage in
idle talk; for every step he takes he will have the reward of one
year, the reward of a year’s fasting and praying (at night).”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنِ الأَوْزَاعِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا حَسَّانُ بْنُ عَطِيَّةَ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الأَشْعَثِ، حَدَّثَنِي أَوْسُ بْنُ أَوْسٍ الثَّقَفِيُّ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" مَنْ غَسَّلَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَاغْتَسَلَ، وَبَكَّرَ وَابْتَكَرَ، وَمَشَى وَلَمْ يَرْكَبْ، وَدَنَا مِنَ الإِمَامِ، فَاسْتَمَعَ، وَلَمْ يَلْغُ، كَانَ لَهُ بِكُلِّ خَطْوَةٍ عَمَلُ سَنَةٍ، أَجْرُ صِيَامِهَا وَقِيَامِهَا " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1087 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 285 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1087 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1088
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) say
from
the pulpit: ‘Whoever comes to Friday, let him take a bath.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ
" مَنْ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ فَلْيَغْتَسِلْ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1088 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 286 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1088 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1089
It was
narrated from Abu Sa’eed Al-Khudri that the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) said:
“Bath on Fridays is obligatory for every male who has
reached the age of puberty.”
حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" غُسْلُ يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ وَاجِبٌ عَلَى كُلِّ مُحْتَلِمٍ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1089 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 287 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1089 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(81)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning the concession for that
(81)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الرُّخْصَةِ فِي ذَلِكَ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1090
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘Whoever performs ablution and performs ablution well, then
comes to Friday (prayer) and sits near (the Imam), and keeps quiet
and
listens, he will be forgiven for what was between that and the
previous Friday (of sins), and three days more. And whoever touches
the pebbles then he has engaged in Laghw (idle talk or behaviour).”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ فَأَحْسَنَ الْوُضُوءَ، ثُمَّ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ، فَدَنَا وَأَنْصَتَ وَاسْتَمَعَ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْجُمُعَةِ الأُخْرَى، وَزِيَادَةُ ثَلاَثَةِ أَيَّامٍ. وَمَنْ مَسَّ الْحَصَى فَقَدْ لَغَا " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1090 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 288 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1090 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1091
It was
narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“Whoever
performs ablution on Friday, it is well and good for him, and
he has
done what is obligatory for him. But whoever takes a bath, bath
is
better.”
حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَنْبَأَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ الْمَكِّيُّ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ الرَّقَاشِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَبِهَا وَنِعْمَتْ يُجْزِئُ عَنْهُ الْفَرِيضَةُ وَمَنِ اغْتَسَلَ فَالْغُسْلُ أَفْضَلُ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1091 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 289 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1091 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(82)
Chapter: What was narrated about setting out early for Friday
(82)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي التَّهْجِيرِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1092
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“When Friday comes, angels stand at every door of the mosque and
record the names of the people who come, in order of arrival. When
the
Imam comes out, they close their records and listen to the
sermon. The
first one who comes to the prayer is like one who
sacrifices a camel;
the one who comes after him is like one who
sacrifices a cow; the one
who comes after him is like one who
sacrifices a ram,” (and so on)
until he made mention of a hen and
an egg. Sahl added in his Hadith:
“And whoever comes after that
comes only to do his duty with regard to
the prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَسَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ " إِذَا كَانَ يَوْمُ الْجُمُعَةِ، كَانَ عَلَى كُلِّ بَابٍ مِنْ أَبْوَابِ الْمَسْجِدِ مَلاَئِكَةٌ يَكْتُبُونَ النَّاسَ عَلَى قَدْرِ مَنَازِلِهِمُ. الأَوَّلَ فَالأَوَّلَ. فَإِذَا خَرَجَ الإِمَامُ طَوَوُا الصُّحُفَ، وَاسْتَمَعُوا الْخُطْبَةَ. فَالْمُهَجِّرُ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ كَالْمُهْدِي بَدَنَةً. ثُمَّ الَّذِي يَلِيهِ كَمُهْدِي بَقَرَةٍ. ثُمَّ الَّذِي يَلِيهِ كَمُهْدِي كَبْشٍ " . حَتَّى ذَكَرَ الدَّجَاجَةَ وَالْبَيْضَةَ زَادَ سَهْلٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ " فَمَنْ جَاءَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ فَإِنَّمَا يَجِيءُ بِحَقٍّ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1092 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 290 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1092 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1093
It was
narrated from Samurah bin Jundab that the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
described the likeness of Friday, saying that those who come
earliest
are like the one who sacrifices a camel, then like one who
sacrifices
a cow, then like one who sacrifices a sheep, until he made
mention of
a chicken.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ ضَرَبَ مَثَلَ الْجُمُعَةِ ثُمَّ التَّبْكِيرِ، كَنَاحِرِ الْبَدَنَةِ، كَنَاحِرِ الْبَقَرَةِ، كَنَاحِرِ الشَّاةِ، حَتَّى ذَكَرَ الدَّجَاجَةَ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1093 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 291 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1093 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1094
It was
narrated that ‘Alqamah said:
“I went out with ‘Abdullah to
Friday (prayer), and he found three men who arrived before him. He
said: ‘The fourth of four, and the fourth of four is not far away.
I
heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: “On the Day of
Resurrection
people will gather near Allah according to how early
they came to
Friday (prayer), the first, second, and third.’”
Then he said: ‘The
fourth of four, and the fourth of four is not
far away.’”
حَدَّثَنَا كَثِيرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الْحِمْصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَجِيدِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، قَالَ خَرَجْتُ مَعَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَوَجَدَ ثَلاَثَةً قَدْ سَبَقُوهُ فَقَالَ رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ وَمَا رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ بِبَعِيدٍ إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ
" إِنَّ النَّاسَ يَجْلِسُونَ مِنَ اللَّهِ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ عَلَى قَدْرِ رَوَاحِهِمْ إِلَى الْجُمُعَاتِ الأَوَّلَ وَالثَّانِيَ وَالثَّالِثَ " . ثُمَّ قَالَ رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ وَمَا رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ بِبَعِيدٍ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1094 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 292 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1094 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(83)
Chapter: What was narrated about adornment on Fridays
(83)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الزِّينَةِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1095
It was
narrated from ‘Abdullah bin Salam that he heard the Messenger
of
Allah (ﷺ) saying on the pulpit one Friday:
“There is nothing
wrong with anyone of you buying two garments for Friday (prayer),
other than his daily work clothes.”
(Another chain) from Yusuf bin Abdullah bin Salam that his father said: "The Prophet delivered a sermon to us" and he mentioned that.
حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلاَمٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ فِي يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ
" مَا عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ لَوِ اشْتَرَى ثَوْبَيْنِ لِيَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ، سِوَى ثَوْبِ مِهْنَتِهِ " .
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَيْخٌ، لَنَا عَنْ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلاَمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ خَطَبَنَا النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ . فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ .
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَيْخٌ، لَنَا عَنْ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلاَمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ خَطَبَنَا النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ . فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1095 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 293 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1095 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1096
It was
narrated from ‘Aishah that the Prophet (ﷺ) delivered a
sermon to
the people one Friday, and he saw them wearing woollen
clothes. The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There is nothing wrong
with any one
of you, if he can afford it, buying two garments for
Friday, other
than his daily work clothes.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ زُهَيْرٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ خَطَبَ النَّاسَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَرَأَى عَلَيْهِمْ ثِيَابَ النِّمَارِ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَا عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ، إِنْ وَجَدَ سَعَةً، أَنْ يَتَّخِذَ ثَوْبَيْنِ لِجُمُعَتِهِ، سِوَى ثَوْبَىْ مِهْنَتِهِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1096 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 294 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1096 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1097
It was
narrated from Abu Dharr that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“Whoever
takes
a bath on a Friday and does it well, and purifies himself and
does it
well, and puts on his best clothes, and puts on whatever Allah
decrees for him of the perfume of his family, then comes to the
mosque
and does not engage in idle talk or separate (pushing between)
two
people; he will be forgiven for (his sins) between that day and
the
previous Friday.”
حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، وَحَوْثَرَةُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلاَنَ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ وَدِيعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" مَنِ اغْتَسَلَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَأَحْسَنَ غُسْلَهُ، وَتَطَهَّرَ فَأَحْسَنَ طُهُورَهُ، وَلَبِسَ مِنْ أَحْسَنِ ثِيَابِهِ، وَمَسَّ مَا كَتَبَ اللَّهُ لَهُ مِنْ طِيبِ أَهْلِهِ، ثُمَّ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ وَلَمْ يَلْغُ وَلَمْ يُفَرِّقْ بَيْنَ اثْنَيْنِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْجُمُعَةِ الأُخْرَى " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1097 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 295 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1097 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1098
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘This day is an ‘Eid (festival) which Allah has ordained
for the
Muslims. Whoever comes to Friday (prayer), let him take a
bath and if
he has perfume then let him put some on. And upon you (I
urge to use)
is the tooth stick.”
حَدَّثَنَا عَمَّارُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْوَاسِطِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ غُرَابٍ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ أَبِي الأَخْضَرِ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ السَّبَّاقِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنَّ هَذَا يَوْمُ عِيدٍ، جَعَلَهُ اللَّهُ لِلْمُسْلِمِينَ. فَمَنْ جَاءَ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَلْيَغْتَسِلْ. وَإِنْ كَانَ طِيبٌ فَلْيَمَسَّ مِنْهُ. وَعَلَيْكُمْ بِالسِّوَاكِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1098 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 296 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1098 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(84)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning the time of Friday (Prayer)
(84)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي وَقْتِ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1099
It was
narrated that Sahl bin Sa’d said:
“We did not take a Qailulah nor
eat Ghada’ until after Friday (prayer).”*
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ مَا كُنَّا نَقِيلُ وَلاَ نَتَغَدَّى إِلاَّ بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ .
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1099 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 297 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1099 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1100
Iyas bin
Salamah bin Akwa’ narrated that his father said:
“We used to
perform Friday (prayer) with the Prophet (ﷺ), then we would return,
and we would not see any shadow from the walls in which we could seek
shade.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْلَى بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ إِيَاسَ بْنَ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ الأَكْوَعِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ الْجُمُعَةَ ثُمَّ نَرْجِعُ، فَلاَ نَرَى لِلْحِيطَانِ فَيْئًا نَسْتَظِلُّ بِهِ .
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1100 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 298 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1100 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1101
‘Abdur-Rahman bin Sa’d bin ‘Ammar bin Sad, the Mu’adh-dhin of
the
Prophet (ﷺ), said:
“My father told me, narrating from his
father,
from his grandfather, that during the time of the Messenger
of Allah
(ﷺ), he used to call the Adhan on Fridays when the shadow
was like a
sandal strap.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، مُؤَذِّنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ جَدِّهِ أَنَّهُ كَانَ يُؤَذِّنُ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا كَانَ الْفَىْءُ مِثْلَ الشِّرَاكِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1101 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 299 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1101 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1102
It was
narrated that Anas said:
“We used to perform the Friday
(prayer),
then we would return for a nap (Qailulah).”
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ كُنَّا نُجَمِّعُ ثُمَّ نَرْجِعُ فَنَقِيلُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1102 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 300 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1102 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(85)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning the sermon on Friday
(85)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الْخُطْبَةِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1103
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Umar that the Prophet (ﷺ) used to deliver
two
sermons, and he would sit briefly between the two. (One of the
narrators) Bishr added:
“While he was standing.”
حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلاَنَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَنْبَأَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَخْطُبُ خُطْبَتَيْنِ يَجْلِسُ بَيْنَهُمَا جَلْسَةً . زَادَ بِشْرٌ وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1103 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 301 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1103 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1104
It was
narrated from Ja’far bin ‘Amr bin Huraith that his father
said:
“I saw the Prophet (ﷺ) delivering the sermon on the pulpit,
wearing a black turban.”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ مُسَاوِرٍ الْوَرَّاقِ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَخْطُبُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ، وَعَلَيْهِ عِمَامَةٌ سَوْدَاءُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1104 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 302 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1104 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1105
It was
narrated that Simak bin Harb said:
“I heard Jabir bin Samurah
say:
‘The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) used to deliver the sermon
standing,
but he used to sit down briefly, then stand up.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ سَمُرَةَ، يَقُولُ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا، غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَقْعُدُ قَعْدَةً، ثُمَّ يَقُومُ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1105 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 303 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1105 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1106
It was
narrated that Jabir bin Samurah said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) used
to
deliver the sermon standing, then he would sit down, then he would
stand up and recite some Verses and remember Allah. His sermon was
moderate, and his prayer was moderate (i.e., neither too long nor too short).”
حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا. ثُمَّ يَجْلِسُ. ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَقْرَأُ آيَاتٍ. وَيَذْكُرُ اللَّ.هَ وَكَانَتْ خُطْبَتُهُ قَصْدًا، وَصَلاَتُهُ قَصْدًا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1106 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 304 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1106 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1107
‘Abdur-Rahman bin Sa’d bin ‘Ammar bin Sa’d narrated that his
father
told him, from his father, from his grandfather, that when the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) delivered a speech on the battlefield he
would do so leaning on a bow, and when he delivered a sermon on
Friday, he would do so leaning on his staff.
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا خَطَبَ فِي الْحَرْبِ، خَطَبَ عَلَى قَوْسٍ. وَإِذَا خَطَبَ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ، خَطَبَ عَلَى عَصًا .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1107 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 305 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1107 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1108
‘Alqamah
narrated that ‘Abdullah was asked whether the Prophet (ﷺ)
used to
deliver the sermon standing or sitting. He said:
“Have you not
read
the Verse: ‘...and leave you (Muhammad) standing (while
delivering
the Friday sermon?” [62:11]
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي غَنِيَّةَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّهُ سُئِلَ أَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا أَوْ قَاعِدًا؟ قَالَ أَوَمَا تَقْرَأُ {وَتَرَكُوكَ قَائِمًا}
قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ غَرِيبٌ لاَ يُحَدِّثُ بِهِ إِلاَّ ابْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ وَحْدَهُ .
قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ غَرِيبٌ لاَ يُحَدِّثُ بِهِ إِلاَّ ابْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ وَحْدَهُ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1108 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 306 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1108 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1109
It was
narrated from Jabir that whenever the Prophet (ﷺ) ascended
the
pulpit he would greet (the people with Salam).
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ زَيْدِ بْنِ مُهَاجِرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا صَعِدَ الْمِنْبَرَ سَلَّمَ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1109 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 307 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1109 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(86)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning listening to the sermon and remaining silent
(86)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الاِسْتِمَاعِ لِلْخُطْبَةِ وَالإِنْصَاتِ لَهَا
Sunan Ibn Majah 1110
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“If
you say
to your companions: ‘Be quiet’ on a Friday while the Imam is
delivering the sermon, you have engaged in Laghw (idle talk or
behaviour).”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ بْنُ سَوَّارٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" إِذَا قُلْتَ لِصَاحِبِكَ: أَنْصِتْ، يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَالإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ، فَقَدْ لَغَوْتَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1110 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 308 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1110 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1111
‘Ata’
bin Yasar narrated from Ubayy bin Ka’b:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) recited Tabarak [Al-Mulk (67)] one Friday, while he was
standing
and reminding us of the Days of Allah (i.e., preaching to
us). Abu
Darda’ or Abu Dharr raised an eyebrow at me and said:
‘When was this
Surah revealed? For I have not heard it before now.’
He (Ubayy)
gestured to him that he should remain silent. When they
finished, he
said: ‘I asked you when this Surah was revealed and
you did not answer
me.” Ubayy said: ‘You have gained nothing from
your prayer today
except the idle talk that you engaged in.’ He
went to the Prophet
(ﷺ) and told him about that, and what Ubayy had
said to him. The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘Ubayy spoke the
truth.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحْرِزُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْعَدَنِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الدَّرَاوَرْدِيُّ، عَنْ شَرِيكِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي نَمِرٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أُبَىِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَرَأَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ تَبَارَكَ، وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ. فَذَكَّرَنَا بِأَيَّامِ اللَّهِ وَأَبُو الدَّرْدَاءِ أَوْ أَبُو ذَرٍّ يَغْمِزُنِي. فَقَالَ: مَتَى أُنْزِلَتْ هَذِهِ السُّورَةُ. إِنِّي لَمْ أَسْمَعْهَا إِلاَّ الآنَ . فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ، أَنِ اسْكُتْ. فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفُوا قَالَ: سَأَلْتُكَ مَتَى أُنْزِلَتْ هَذِهِ السُّورَةُ فَلَمْ تُخْبِرْنِي؟ فَقَالَ أُبَىٌّ: لَيْسَ لَكَ مِنْ صَلاَتِكَ الْيَوْمَ إِلاَّ مَا لَغَوْتَ. فَذَهَبَ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ لَهُ وَأَخْبَرَهُ بِالَّذِي قَالَ أُبَىٌّ. فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" صَدَقَ أُبَىٌّ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1111 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 309 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1111 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(87)
Chapter: Concerning one who enters the mosque while the Imam is delivering the sermon
(87)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِيمَنْ دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ وَالإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1112
It was
narrated that Jabir bin ‘Abdullah said:
“Sulaik Ghatafani
entered
the mosque when the Prophet (ﷺ) was delivering the sermon.
He said:
‘Have you prayed?’ He said: ‘No.’ He said: ‘Then perform
two
Rak’ah.’”
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، سَمِعَ جَابِرًا، وَأَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، سَمِعَ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ دَخَلَ سُلَيْكٌ الْغَطَفَانِيُّ الْمَسْجِدَ وَالنَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَخْطُبُ . فَقَالَ " أَصَلَّيْتَ؟ " . قَالَ: لاَ . قَالَ " فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ " .
وَأَمَّا عَمْرٌو فَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ سُلَيْكًا .
وَأَمَّا عَمْرٌو فَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ سُلَيْكًا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1112 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 310 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1112 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1113
It was
narrated that Abu Sa’eed said:
“A man entered the mosque when
the
Prophet (ﷺ) was delivering the sermon. He said: ‘Have you
prayed?’ He said: ‘No.’ He said: ‘Then pray two Rak’ah.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلاَنَ، عَنْ عِيَاضِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ جَاءَ رَجُلٌ وَالنَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَخْطُبُ فَقَالَ " أَصَلَّيْتَ؟" . قَالَ: لاَ . قَالَ: " فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1113 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 311 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1113 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1114
It was
narrated that Jabir said:
“Sulaik Al-Ghatafani came while the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) was delivering the sermon. The Prophet (ﷺ)
said to him: ‘Did you perform two Rak’ah before you came?’ He
said:
‘No.’ He said: ‘Then perform two Rak’ah, but make them
brief.’”
حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ رُشَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَعَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالاَ جَاءَ سُلَيْكٌ الْغَطَفَانِيُّ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَخْطُبُ فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ " أَصَلَّيْتَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَجِيءَ؟ " قَالَ: لاَ . قَالَ: " فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ وَتَجَوَّزْ فِيهِمَا " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1114 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 312 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1114 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(88)
Chapter: Concerning the prohibition of stepping over the people’s shoulders on Friday
(88)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي النَّهْىِ عَنْ تَخَطِّي النَّاسَ، يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1115
It was
narrated from Jabir bin ‘Abdullah that a man entered the
mosque one
Friday when the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) was delivering the
sermon.
He started stepping over the people’s shoulders, and the
Messenger
of Allah (ﷺ) said:
‘Sit down, for you have annoyed
(people) and
you are late.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمُحَارِبِيُّ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَخْطُبُ فَجَعَلَ يَتَخَطَّى النَّاسَ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" اجْلِسْ فَقَدْ آذَيْتَ وَآنَيْتَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1115 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 313 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1115 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1116
It was
narrated from Sahl bin Mu’adh bin Anas that his father said:
“The
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: ‘Whoever steps over the people’s
necks on Friday has built a bridge to Hell.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا رِشْدِينُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ زَبَّانَ بْنِ فَائِدٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ مُعَاذِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ تَخَطَّى رِقَابَ النَّاسِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ اتُّخِذَ جِسْرًا إِلَى جَهَنَّمَ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1116 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 314 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1116 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(89)
Chapter: Concerning speaking after the Imam comes down from the pulpit
(89)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الْكَلاَمِ بَعْدَ نُزُولِ الإِمَامِ عَنِ الْمِنْبَرِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1117
It was
narrated from Anas bin Malik that the people used to speak to
the
Prophet (ﷺ) about their needs when he came down from the pulpit
on
Friday.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ حَازِمٍ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُكَلَّمُ فِي الْحَاجَةِ إِذَا نَزَلَ عَنِ الْمِنْبَرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1117 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 315 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1117 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(90)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning the recitation in the Prayer on Friday
(90)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1118
It was
narrated that ‘Ubaidullah bin Abu Rafi’ said:
“Marwan
appointed
Abu Hurairah in charge of Al-Madinah, and set out for
Makkah. Abu
Hurairah led us in prayer on Friday, and he recited Surat
Al-Jumu’ah
in the first Rak’ah, and in the second, ‘When the
hypocrites come
to you,” [Al-Munafiqun (63)] ‘Ubaidullah said: “I
caught up
with Abu Hurairah when he finished and said to him: ‘You
recited
two Surah that ‘Ali used to recite in Kufah.’ Abu Hurairah
said:
‘I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) reciting them.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ الْمَدَنِيُّ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: اسْتَخْلَفَ مَرْوَانُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ عَلَى الْمَدِينَةِ. فَخَرَجَ إِلَى مَكَّةَ. فَصَلَّى بِنَا أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَقَرَأَ بِسُورَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ، فِي السَّجْدَةِ الأُولَى. وَفِي الآخِرَةِ {إِذَا جَاءَكَ الْمُنَافِقُونَ} .
قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ: فَأَدْرَكْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ حِينَ انْصَرَفَ. فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: إِنَّكَ قَرَأْتَ بِسُورَتَيْنِ كَانَ عَلِيٌّ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا بِالْكُوفَةِ . فَقَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ. إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا .
قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ: فَأَدْرَكْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ حِينَ انْصَرَفَ. فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: إِنَّكَ قَرَأْتَ بِسُورَتَيْنِ كَانَ عَلِيٌّ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا بِالْكُوفَةِ . فَقَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ. إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1118 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 316 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1118 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1119
It was
narrated that ‘Ubaidullah bin ‘Abdullah said:
“Dahhak bin Qais
wrote to Nu’man bin Bashir, saying: ‘Tell us what the Messenger
of
Allah (ﷺ) used to recite on Friday along with Surah Al-Jumu’ah.’
He
said: ‘He used to recite: “Has there come to you the narration
of the
overwhelming (i.e., the Day of Resurrection)?’”
[Al-Ghashiyah (88)]
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، أَنْبَأَنَا ضَمْرَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ كَتَبَ الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ إِلَى النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ أَخْبِرْنَا بِأَىِّ، شَىْءٍ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقْرَأُ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ مَعَ سُورَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ قَالَ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِيهَا {هَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ} .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1119 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 317 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1119 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1120
It was
narrated from Abu ‘Inabah Al-Khawlani that the Prophet (ﷺ)
used
to recite “Glorify the Name of your Lord the Most High” and “Has
there come to you the narration of the overwhelming (i.e., the Day of
Resurrection)? [Al-A’la (87) and Al-Ghashiyah (88)] on Friday.
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزَّاهِرِيَّةِ، عَنْ أَبِي عِنَبَةَ الْخَوْلاَنِيِّ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ بِـ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى} وَ {هَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ} .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1120 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 318 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1120 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(91)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning one who catches one Rak’ah of Friday Prayer
(91)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِيمَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنَ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَةً
Sunan Ibn Majah 1121
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“Whoever
catches one Rak’ah of Friday, let him add another Rak’ah to
it.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ حَبِيبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، وَسَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" مَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنَ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَةً فَلْيُصَلِّ إِلَيْهَا أُخْرَى " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1121 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 319 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1121 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1122
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘Whoever catches one Rak’ah of prayer, he has caught it.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ رَكْعَةً فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1122 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 320 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1122 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1123
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
‘Whoever catches one Rak’ah of Friday prayer or other than it,
then he has caught the prayer.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ كَثِيرِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ الْحِمْصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ، حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الأَيْلِيُّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ أَدْرَكَ رَكْعَةً مِنْ صَلاَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا، فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ الصَّلاَةَ " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1123 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 321 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1123 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(92)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning from where you should come to Friday (Prayer)
(92)
باب مَا جَاءَ مِنْ أَيْنَ تُؤْتَى الْجُمُعَةُ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1124
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“The people of Quba’ used to
pray
with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) on Fridays.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ إِنَّ أَهْلَ قُبَاءَ كَانُوا يُجَمِّعُونَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1124 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 322 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1124 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(93)
Chapter: Those who do not attend Friday prayer without an excuse
(93)
باب فِيمَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ مِنْ غَيْرِ عُذْرٍ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1125
It was
narrated that Abu Ja’d Ad-Damri who was a Companion said that
the
Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“Whoever abandons Friday (prayer) three times,
neglecting it, a seal will be placed over his heart.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، قَالُوا حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، حَدَّثَنِي عَبِيدَةُ بْنُ سُفْيَانَ الْحَضْرَمِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ الضَّمْرِيِّ، - وَكَانَ لَهُ صُحْبَةٌ - قَالَ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ، تَهَاوُنًا بِهَا، طُبِعَ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1125 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 323 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1125 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1126
It was
narrated that Jabir bin ‘Abdullah said:
“The Messenger of
Allah
(ﷺ) said: ‘Whoever abandons Friday (prayer) three times, for
no
necessary reason, Allah will place a seal over his heart.’”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَسِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي أَسِيدٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عِيسَى الْمِصْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ أَسِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي أَسِيدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ، ثَلاَثًا، مِنْ غَيْرِ ضَرُورَةٍ، طَبَعَ اللَّهُ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1126 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 324 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1126 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1127
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
“What if one of you were to take a flock of sheep and look for
grass for them one or two miles away, but he cannot find any at that
distance, so he goes further away? Then (the time for) Friday comes
but he does not attend it, then (another) Friday comes but he does
not
attend it, and (another) Friday comes but he does not attend it,
until
Allah places a seal on his heart.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مَعْدِيُّ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عَجْلاَنَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" أَلاَ هَلْ عَسَى أَحَدُكُمْ أَنْ يَتَّخِذَ الصُّبَّةَ مِنَ الْغَنَمِ عَلَى رَأْسِ مِيلٍ أَوْ مِيلَيْنِ، فَيَتَعَذَّرَ عَلَيْهِ الْكَلأُ، فَيَرْتَفِعَ. ثُمَّ تَجِيءُ الْجُمُعَةُ فَلاَ يَجِيءُ وَلاَ يَشْهَدُهَا وَتَجِيءُ الْجُمُعَةُ فَلاَ يَشْهَدُهَا. وَتَجِيءُ الْجُمُعَةُ فَلاَ يَشْهَدُهَا. حَتَّى يُطْبَعَ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1127 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 325 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1127 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1128
It was
narrated from Samurah bin Jundab that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
“Whoever abandons Friday deliberately, let him give a Dinar in
charity, and if he cannot afford that, then (let him give) half a
Dinar.”
حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا نُوحُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ أَخِيهِ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ مُتَعَمِّدًا، فَلْيَتَصَدَّقْ بِدِينَارٍ، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ، فَبِنِصْفِ دِينَارٍ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1128 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 326 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1128 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(94)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning Prayer before Friday (Prayer)
(94)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ قَبْلَ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1129
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Abbas said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) used to
perform
four Rak’ah before Friday (prayer), and he did not separate
any of
them.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، عَنْ مُبَشِّرِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ حَجَّاجِ بْنِ أَرْطَاةَ، عَنْ عَطِيَّةَ الْعَوْفِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَرْكَعُ مِنْ قَبْلِ الْجُمُعَةِ أَرْبَعًا، لاَ يَفْصِلُ فِي شَىْءٍ مِنْهُنَّ .
Grade: | Maudu’ (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1129 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 327 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1129 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(95)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning Prayer after Friday
(95)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1130
It was
narrated that when ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar had prayed Friday, he
went
and prayed two Rak’ah in his house. Then he said:
“The Messenger
of Allah (ﷺ) used to do that.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنَ رُمْحٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ إِذَا صَلَّى الْجُمُعَةَ انْصَرَفَ فَصَلَّى سَجْدَتَيْنِ فِي بَيْتِهِ ثُمَّ قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَصْنَعُ ذَلِكَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1130 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 328 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1130 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1131
It was
narrated from Salim, from his father, that the Prophet (ﷺ)
used to
pray two Rak’ah after Jumu’ah.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ يُصَلِّي بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1131 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 329 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1131 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1132
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘If you pray after Friday, then pray four (Rak’ah).’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَأَبُو السَّائِبِ، سَلْمُ بْنُ جُنَادَةَ قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ سُهَيْلِ بْنِ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ، فَصَلُّوا أَرْبَعًا " .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1132 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 330 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1132 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(96)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning sitting in circles on Fridays before the Prayer, and Ihtiba’ when the Imam is delivering the sermon
(96)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الْحِلَقِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلاَةِ وَالاِحْتِبَاءِ وَالإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1133
It was
narrated from ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, from his
grandfather, that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) forbade sitting in
circles in the mosque on Fridays before the prayer.
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، جَمِيعًا عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلاَنَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ نَهَى أَنْ يُحَلَّقَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلاَةِ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1133 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 331 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1133 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1134
It was
narrated from ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, that his
grandfather said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) forbade Ihtiba’ (sitting with one's thighs gathered up against the stomach while wrapping one's arm or garment around them) on
Fridays, meaning, when the Imam is delivering the sermon.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُصَفَّى الْحِمْصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ وَاقِدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَجْلاَنَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ عَنْ الاِحْتِبَاءِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ - يَعْنِي - وَالإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1134 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 332 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1134 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(97)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning the Adhan on Fridays
(97)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الأَذَانِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1135
It was
narrated that Sa’ib bin Yazid said:
“The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
had only one Mu’adh-dhin. When he came out he would give the
Adhan
and when he came down (from the pulpit) he would give the
Iqamah. Abu
Bakr and ‘Umar did likewise, but when ‘Uthman (became
caliph) the
numbers of people had increased, he added the third call
from atop a
house in the marketplace that was called Zawra’. When he
came out
(the Mu’adh-dhin) would call the Adhan, and when he came down
from
the pulpit, he would call the Iqamah.
حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْقَطَّانُ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الأَحْمَرُ، جَمِيعًا عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ السَّائِبِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ مَا كَانَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِلاَّ مُؤَذِّنٌ وَاحِدٌ. فَإِذَا خَرَجَ أَذَّنَ، وَإِذَا نَزَلَ أَقَامَ. وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ كَذَلِكَ. فَلَمَّا كَانَ عُثْمَانُ، وَكَثُرَ النَّاسُ، زَادَ النِّدَاءَ الثَّالِثَ عَلَى دَارٍ فِي السُّوقِ، يُقَالُ لَهَا الزَّوْرَاءُ. فَإِذَا خَرَجَ أَذَّنَ، وَإِذَا نَزَلَ أَقَامَ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1135 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 333 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1135 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(98)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning facing the Imam when he is delivering the sermon
(98)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي اسْتِقْبَالِ الإِمَامِ وَهُوَ يَخْطُبُ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1136
It was
narrated from ‘Adi bin Thabit that his father said:
“When the
Prophet (ﷺ) stood on the pulpit, his Companions would turn to face
him.”
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ بْنُ جَمِيلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ أَبَانَ بْنِ تَغْلِبَ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا قَامَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ اسْتَقْبَلَهُ أَصْحَابُهُ بِوُجُوهِهِمْ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1136 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 334 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1136 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(99)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning the hour that is hoped for on Friday
(99)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي السَّاعَةِ الَّتِي تُرْجَى فِي الْجُمُعَةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1137
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘On Friday there is a time when no Muslim man happens to
stand
in prayer at that time, asking Allah for good things, but He
will give
that to him.” And he gestured with his hand to indicate
how short that
time is.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" إِنَّ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ سَاعَةً، لاَ يُوَافِقُهَا رَجُلٌ مُسْلِمٌ، قَائِمٌ يُصَلِّي، يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا خَيْرًا، إِلاَّ أَعْطَاهُ " . وَقَلَّلَهَا بِيَدِهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1137 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 335 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1137 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1138
Kathir
bin ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr bin ‘Awf Al-Muzani narrated from his
father, that his grandfather said:
“I heard the Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ) say: ‘On Friday there is a time of the day during which no
person asks Allah for something but He will give him what he asks
for.’” It was said: ‘When is that time?’ He said: ‘When the
Iqamah for
prayer (is called), until the prayer ends.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا كَثِيرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ الْمُزَنِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يَقُولُ: " فِي يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ سَاعَةٌ مِنَ النَّهَارِ، لاَ يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا الْعَبْدُ شَيْئًا إِلاَّ أُعْطِيَ سُؤْلَهُ " قِيلَ: أَىُّ سَاعَةٍ؟ قَالَ " حِينَ تُقَامُ الصَّلاَةُ إِلَى الاِنْصِرَافِ مِنْهَا " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1138 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 336 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1138 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1139
It was
narrated that ‘Abdullah bin Salam said:
“I said, when the
Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) was sitting: ‘We find in the Book of Allah
that on Friday there is an hour when no believing slave performs
prayer and asks Allah for anything at that time, but Allah will
fulfill his need.’” ‘Abdullah said: “The Messenger of Allah
(ﷺ)
pointed to me, saying: ‘Or some part of an hour.’ I said:
‘you are
right, or some part of an hour.’ I said: ‘What time is
that?’ He said:
‘It is the last hours of the day.’ I said: ‘It
is not the time of the
prayer?’ He said: ‘Yes (it is so), when a
believing slave performs
prayer and then sits with nothing but the
prayer keeping him, he is
still in a state of prayer.’”
حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنِ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلاَمٍ، قَالَ قُلْتُ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ جَالِسٌ إِنَّا لَنَجِدُ فِي كِتَابِ اللَّهِ فِي يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ سَاعَةٌ لاَ يُوَافِقُهَا عَبْدٌ مُؤْمِنٌ يُصَلِّي يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا شَيْئًا إِلاَّ قَضَى لَهُ حَاجَتَهُ . قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ فَأَشَارَ إِلَىَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ أَوْ بَعْضُ سَاعَةٍ . فَقُلْتُ صَدَقْتَ، أَوْ بَعْضُ سَاعَةٍ . قُلْتُ: أَىُّ سَاعَةٍ هِيَ؟ قَالَ: " هِيَ آخِرُ سَاعَةٍ مِنْ سَاعَاتِ النَّهَارِ " قُلْتُ: إِنَّهَا لَيْسَتْ سَاعَةَ صَلاَةٍ . قَالَ: " بَلَى. إِنَّ الْعَبْدَ الْمُؤْمِنَ إِذَا صَلَّى ثُمَّ جَلَسَ، لاَ يَحْبِسُهُ إِلاَّ الصَّلاَةُ، فَهُوَ فِي صَلاَةٍ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1139 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 337 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1139 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(100)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning twelve Rak’ah from the Sunnah
(100)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي ثِنْتَىْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً مِنَ السُّنَّةِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1140
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said:
‘Whoever persists in performing twelve Rak’ah from the Sunnah, a
house will be built for him in Paradise: four before the Zuhr, two
Rak’ah after Zuhr, two Rak’ah after Maghrib, two Rak’ah after
the
‘Isha’ and two Rak’ah before Fajr.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الرَّازِيُّ، عَنْ مُغِيرَةَ بْنِ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ ثَابَرَ عَلَى ثِنْتَىْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً مِنَ السُّنَّةِ، بُنِيَ لَهُ بَيْتٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ. أَرْبَعٍ قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْمَغْرِبِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْعِشَاءِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1140 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 338 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1140 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1141
It was
narrated from Umm Habibah bint Abi Sufyan that the Prophet
(ﷺ)
said:
“Whoever performs twelve Rak’ah (of Sunnah) during the day
and night, a house will be built for him in Paradise.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَنْبَأَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَنْبَسَةَ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ بِنْتِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَالَ
" مَنْ صَلَّى فِي يَوْمٍ وَلَيْلَةٍ ثِنْتَىْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، بُنِيَ لَهُ بَيْتٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ " .
Grade: | Hasan (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1141 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 339 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1141 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1142
It was
narrated that Abu Hurairah said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
said: ‘Whoever performs twelve Rak’ah (of Sunnah) each day, a
house
will be built for him in Paradise: two Rak’ah before Fajr,
two Rak’ah
before the Zuhr, two Rak’ah after the Zuhr, two
Rak’ah, I think he
said, before ‘Asr, two Rak’ah after Maghrib,
and I think he said two
Rak’ah after the ‘Isha’.’”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ الأَصْبَهَانِيِّ، عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ
" مَنْ صَلَّى فِي يَوْمٍ ثِنْتَىْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً بُنِيَ لَهُ بَيْتٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ - أَظُنُّهُ قَالَ - قَبْلَ الْعَصْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْمَغْرِبِ - أَظُنُّهُ قَالَ - وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْعِشَاءِ الآخِرَةِ " .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1142 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 340 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1142 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(101)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning two Rak’ah before Fajr
(101)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1143
It was
narrated from Ibn ‘Umar that when the dawn illuminated, the
Prophet
(ﷺ) would pray two Rak’ah.
حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا أَضَاءَ الْفَجْرُ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1143 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 341 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1143 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1144
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ)
used
to pray two Rak’ah before the morning (prayer), as if the Adhan
were in his ears. (i.e., he would pray them briefly).
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ، أَنْبَأَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْغَدَاةِ كَأَنَّ الأَذَانَ بِأُذُنَيْهِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1144 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 342 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1144 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1145
It was
narrated from Hafsah bint ‘Umar that when the call for the
Subh
prayer was given, the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) would pray two
short
Rak’ah before going to the prayer.
حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ بِنْتِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ كَانَ إِذَا نُودِيَ لِصَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ رَكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقُومَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ .
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1145 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 343 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1145 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1146
It was
narrated that ‘Aishah said:
“When he performed ablution the
Prophet (ﷺ) would pray two (short) Rak’ah and then go out for the
prayer.”
حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1146 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 344 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1146 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1147
It was
narrated that ‘Ali said:
“The Prophet (ﷺ) used to perform
two
Rak’ah at the time of the Iqamah.”
حَدَّثَنَا الْخَلِيلُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو أَبُو عَمْرٍو، حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ يُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ عِنْدَ الإِقَامَةِ .
Grade: | Da’if (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1147 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 345 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1147 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
(102)
Chapter: What was narrated concerning what is to be recited in the two Rak’ah before Fajr
(102)
باب مَا جَاءَ فِيمَا يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ
Sunan Ibn Majah 1148
It was
narrated from Abu Hurairah that in the two Rak’ah before the
Fajr,
the Prophet (ﷺ) used to recite:
“Say: ‘O you disbelievers!”
[Al-Kafirun (109)] and “Say: Allah is One.” [Al-Ikhlas (112)]
حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، وَيَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ قَرَأَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ} وَ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ}
Grade: | Sahih (Darussalam) |
Reference | : Sunan Ibn Majah 1148 |
In-book reference | : Book 5, Hadith 346 |
English translation | : Vol. 1, Book 5, Hadith 1148 |
Report Error | | Copy ▼
Sunan Ibn Majah 1149
It was
narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said:
“I watched the Prophet (ﷺ) for
a
month, and in the two Rak’ah before Fajr he used to recite: “Say:
O
you disbelievers!” [Al-Kafirun (109)] and “Say: Allah is One.”
[Al-
Ikhlas (112)]
حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سِنَانٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبَادَةَ الْوَاسِطِيَّانِ، قَالاَ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ رَمَقْتُ النَّبِيَّ ـ صلى الله عليه وسلم ـ شَهْرًا فَكَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ